Sie sind auf Seite 1von 210

Harmony Radio

Release 2.7SU1

Product Description

Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013


A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1

Product Description

NOTICE
This document contains DragonWave proprietary information. Use, disclosure, copying or distribution
of the information contained herein, beyond that for which was originally furnished, requires the written
permission of DragonWave Inc.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and relates only the product
defined in the introduction of this document. DragonWave intends that information contained herein is,
to the best of its knowledge, correct and accurate. However, any/all liabilities associated with the use
or accuracy of the information contained herein must be defined in a separate agreement between
DragonWave and the customer/user.
Copyright DragonWave Inc. 2013. All rights reserved.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Table of Contents
This document has 210 pages.
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intended audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structure of this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbols and conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RoHS compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Harmony Radio Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

3
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
3.2
3.3
3.3.1
3.4
3.5
3.5.1
3.6
3.6.1
3.6.2
3.6.2.1

Product structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harmony Radio description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BB-modem board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF-IF board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duplexer filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternative connections to an Indoor Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Ethernet connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Injector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Ethernet functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synchronization scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Example of synchronization in the ring topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synchronization in the Nx(1+0) DD System Type (Chain topology) . . .
Configurations parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

54
54
54
55
55
55
55
57
57
59
61
62
64
64
66
67

4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4.4.1
4.4.4.2
4.4.4.3
4.4.5
4.4.5.1
4.4.5.2
4.4.6
4.4.7
4.4.8
4.5

Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adaptive Code and Modulation (ACM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1+0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1+0 Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2+0 Frequency Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XPIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2+0 XPIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2+0 XPIC Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2+2 XPIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1+1 Hot Standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Two cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1+1 Frequency Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1+1 Space Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2x(1+0)/3x(1+0) Different Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

68
68
68
69
69
69
71
71
71
72
73
74
75
75
76
77
78
78
79

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

17
17
17
18
19
19
20

Product Description

4.5.1
4.5.2
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.10.1
4.10.2
4.10.3
4.11
4.11.1
4.11.2
4.11.3
4.11.4
4.12
4.12.1
4.12.2
4.13
4.13.1
4.13.2
4.13.3
4.13.3.1
4.14
4.14.1
4.14.2
4.14.3
4.15
4.15.1
4.15.2
4.15.3
4.16
4.16.1
4.16.2
4.16.2.1
4.16.2.2
4.16.2.3
4.16.3
4.16.4
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.21.1
4.21.2
4.22
4.23
4

PHY loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
RF loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Ethernet Port Shutdown on Radio link failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Ethernet features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Packet fragmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Modulation driven service add/drop (formerly known as E1/T1 priorization) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Filtering criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Configuration parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Handling of the Ethernet packets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2+0 Load balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2+0 maximum throughput examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2+0 minimum bandwidth examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Comparison of the two modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Comparison with the HSBY system type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2+0 FD with the optional Energy Saving mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Configuration parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Behavior description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2x(1+0)/3x(1+0) Different Direction in Chain Topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
ODU Roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Configuration parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Switching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Data-plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Header compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Header compression process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Overhead compression mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Overhead compression benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Congestion Avoidance (Color Aware Active Queue Management) . . . . 97
Estimation of average queue size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Drop decision of an incoming packet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Color aware functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Radio Synchronous Physical Interface (RSPI) Parameters . . . . . . . . . 102
Received Power parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Transmitted Power parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
ACM performances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Ethernet counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Ethernet throughput monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
PRx recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Fault monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Symptom collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Actual Radio capacity info towards IDUs 3rd party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Actual bandwidth computation block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Communication protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Warning on TX adaptive modulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Warning on RSL low.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

4.24

Warning on high packet loss rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

6
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5

Harmony Radio Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DHCP Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Double Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bridge mode operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

110
110
110
111
111
111

7
7.1
7.1.1
7.1.2
7.1.3
7.1.4
7.1.5
7.1.5.1
7.1.5.2
7.1.5.3
7.1.5.4
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.2.1
7.2.2.2
7.2.2.3
7.2.2.4
7.2.2.5
7.3
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.2.1
7.3.2.2
7.3.2.3
7.4
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.2.1
7.4.2.2
7.4.2.3

Mechanical structure and interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Harmony Radio mechanical structure and interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harmony Radio layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harmony Radio flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harmony Radio external connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PS connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AGC connector (RSSI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ODU-ODU connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indoor Power Injector mechanical structure and interface . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IDU CABLE RJ45 Connector (GbE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ODU CABLE RJ45 Connector (P+E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALMs Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outdoor Power Injector mechanical structure and interface . . . . . . . .
Mechanical characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IDU CABLE RJ45 Connector (GbE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ODU CABLE RJ45 Connector (P+E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet Repeater mechanical structure and interface . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETH I/R RJ45 Connector (to Indoor Device) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETH R/O RJ45 Connector (to Harmony Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

112
112
112
113
113
115
116
116
117
118
119
120
120
120
120
121
121
122
123
124
124
124
125
125
125
126
126
126
126
127
128

8
8.1
8.1.1
8.1.1.1
8.1.1.2
8.1.2
8.1.2.1
8.1.3

Harmony Radio technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Ethernet Throughput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Performance profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Throughput profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Performance profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
JAPAN market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

129
129
129
129
139
143
143
150

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

8.1.3.1
8.2
8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.4
8.4.1
8.4.2
8.5
8.5.1
8.5.2
8.6
8.6.1
8.6.2
8.7
8.8
8.9
8.10
8.11
8.12
8.13
8.13.1
8.13.2
8.13.2.1
8.13.2.2
8.14
8.14.1
8.14.2
8.14.3
8.15
8.16
8.17
8.17.1
8.17.2
8.17.3
8.18
8.19
8.20
8.20.1
8.20.2
8.20.3
8.21

High Performance profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150


System configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
One-way transmission delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
JAPAN market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Environmental standards and conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Ethernet Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Power Supply Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Power supply voltage range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Frequency bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Emission Spectrum Masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
ETSI Reference masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
NAM Reference masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
FCC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
IC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
RF parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
JAPAN market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
3.5 GHz RF coax cable characteristics (Harmony Radio to antenna) . 178
Roll-off factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
System gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
JAPAN market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
XPIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Interferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
ACM switching thresholds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
JAPAN market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Residual Bit Ratio (RBER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

9
9.1
9.1.1
9.1.2

Power
Indoor
Indoor
Indoor

Injector technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187


Power Injector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Power Injector DC input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Power Injector Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.4.1
9.1.4.2
9.1.5
9.2
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.2.4
9.2.4.1
9.2.4.2
9.2.5

Indoor Power Injector immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Indoor Power Injector Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indoor Power Injector environmental standards and conditions . . . . .
Outdoor Power Injector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outdoor Power Injector DC input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outdoor Power Injector Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outdoor Power Injector immunity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outdoor Power Injector Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outdoor Power Injector environmental standards and conditions . . . .

187
189
189
189
189
190
190
190
190
191
191
191
191

10
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5

Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet

192
192
192
192
193
193

11

Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

12

Acronyms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Repeater
Repeater
Repeater
Repeater
Repeater
Repeater

technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
environmental standards and conditions . . . . . . . .

Product Description

List of Figures
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure

1
2
3
4
5

Figure 6
Figure 7
Figure 8
Figure 9
Figure 10
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure

11
12
13
14
15

Figure 16
Figure 17
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure

18
19
20
21

Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35

Figure 36
Figure 37

WEEE label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1+0 system with integrated antenna (6-42 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1+0 system with independent antenna (6-42 GHz). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1+0 system with independent antenna (3.5 GHz). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1+1 Hot Stand-by/1+1 FD (co-polar) system with integrated antenna
(6-38 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1+1 Hot Stand-by system with back to back coupler and integrated antenna
(6-42 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1+1 Hot Stand-by/1+1 FD (co-polar) system with independent antenna
(6-42 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1+1 Hot Stand-by system (single cable) with integrated antenna
(6-38 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1+1 Hot Stand-by system (single cable) with back to back coupler and integrated antenna (6-42 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1+1 Hot Stand-by system (single cable) with independent antenna
(6-42 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2+0 FD system (single cable) with integrated antenna (6-38 GHz) . . . . 36
2+0 FD system (single cable) with independent antenna (6-42 GHz) . . 37
1+1 FD system with independent antenna (6-42 GHz). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1+1 SD system with integrated antenna (6-42 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2+0 FD/2+0 XPIC (cross-polar) system with independent antenna
(6-42 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2+0 XPIC system with independent antenna (3.5 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2+0 FD/2+0 XPIC (cross-polar) system with integrated antenna (6-42 GHz)
42
2+0 XPIC system (single cable) with independent antenna (6-42 GHz). 43
2+0 XPIC system (single cable) with integrated antenna (6-42 GHz). . . 44
2+2 XPIC configuration (with 1 Antenna with OMT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2+2 XPIC configuration with IDU protection (with 1 Antenna with coupler)
46
2+2 XPIC configuration (with 2 Antennas with OMT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2x(1+0) DD system with integrated antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2x(1+0) DD system with independent antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3x(1+0) DD system with integrated antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3x(1+0) DD system with independent antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Example of Harmony Radio with a 30 cm integrated antenna . . . . . . . . 52
Harmony Radio functional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Indoor Device - ODU connection: alternative solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Power Injector reference network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Power Injector building block (power part detail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Ethernet Repeater use cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Ethernet Repeater block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
1+0 Ring Topology: Example of Clock Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
1+0 Ring Topology: Reaction to Radio Fading Affecting the ODU1-ODU3
Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
1+0 Ring Topology: Clock Protection after a Link Fading . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
ACM for traffic growing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure

38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

1+0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Ring Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2+0 Frequency Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2+0 XPIC (single cable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Single IDU solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Two IDU solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
2+2 XPIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
1+1 Hot Standby - Two cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
1+1 Hot Standby - Two cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
1+1 Hot Standby - single cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1+1 Frequency Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
1+1 Frequency Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
1+1 Space Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
1+1 Space Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Harmony Radio loopbacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
RF loopback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Ethernet hierarchical frame formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
QoS architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Example of scheduling (1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Example of scheduling (2/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
2+0 maximum throughput example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2+0 maximum throughput example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2+0 minimum bandwidth example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2+0 minimum bandwidth example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Different Directions - Two radio directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Different Directions - Three radio directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Data plane examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Overhead compression mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
RED packet drop probability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Random Early Detection Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
RED packet drop probability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Major measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Typical application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Harmony Radio (6 - 42 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Harmony Radio (3.5 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Harmony Radio RF flange view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Harmony Radio RF flange view (3.5 GHz). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Adapter for FlexiHopper antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Harmony Radio connector side view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Ethernet connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
PS connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
AGC connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
ODU-ODU connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Power Injector (Indoor 4 ports) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
PS connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
IDU CABLE connector front view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
ODU CABLE connector front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Product Description

Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure

10

85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92

ALMs connector front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122


Power Injector LEDs (per port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Ethernet Repeater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Ethernet Repeater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
PS connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
ETH I/R connector front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
ETH R/O connector front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Defining system gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

List of Tables
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Structure of this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17


List of symbols and conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
History of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Modulations and channel bandwidths (ETSI market) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Modulations and channel bandwidths (NAM market) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Modulations and channel bandwidths (JAPAN market) . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
System configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Mixed link compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Nx(1+0) DD - NCT - Trunk, Chain, and Leaf ODU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Nx(1+0) DD - Fixed-Based - Trunk ODU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Nx(1+0) DD - Fixed-Based - Chain ODU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Nx(1+0) DD - Fixed-Based - Leaf ODU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Services VLAN ID configuration example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Actual discarding probability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
RED parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Ingress counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Egress counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Policy based counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Radio Rx side Ethernet throughput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Radio Tx side Ethernet throughput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
IP addressing scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
MAC address scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Harmony Radio default addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Available parameters for DHCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Harmony Radio dimensions without antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Harmony Radio Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Electrical interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Ethernet connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
PS connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
RSSI parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
PS connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
IDU CABLE connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
ODU CABLE connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
ALMs connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
PS connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
IDU CABLE connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
ODU CABLE connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
PS connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
ETH I/R connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
ETH R/O connector pin function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . 129
3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . 129
3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) . 129
3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . . 130
7 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 130

11

Product Description

Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table

12

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92

7 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . . 131
7 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) . . . 131
7 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . . . . 131
14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 132
14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . 132
14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) . . 132
14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . . . 133
28 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 133
28 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . 133
28 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) . . 134
28 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . . . 134
40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 134
40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . 135
40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) . . 135
40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . . . 135
56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 136
56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . 136
56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) . . 136
56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . . . 137
155 Mbps profile - 28 MHz (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 137
155 Mbps profile - 28 MHz (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . 137
155 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) . 137
155 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . . 138
3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . 139
3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . 139
3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) . 139
3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . . 140
14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 140
14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . 140
14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) . . 141
14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . . . 141
56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 141
56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . 142
56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) . . 142
56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . . . 142
10 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 143
10 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . 143
10 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 2048, 4096, 8192 bytes) . . 144
10 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 10240 bytes) . . . . . . . . . . . 144
20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 144
20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . 145
20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 2048, 4096, 8192 bytes) . . 145
20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 10240 bytes) . . . . . . . . . . . 145
30 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . . . 146
30 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . . . 146
30 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 2048, 4096, 8192 bytes) . . 146
30 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 10240 bytes) . . . . . . . . . . . 147

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table

93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . .


40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . .
40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 2048, 4096, 8192 bytes) .
40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 10240 bytes) . . . . . . . . . .
50 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . .
50 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . .
50 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 2048, 4096, 8192 bytes) .
50 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 10240 bytes) . . . . . . . . . .
20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . .
20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . .
20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) .
20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . .
40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes) . . . . .
40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes) . .
40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) .
40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes) . . . . .
One-way transmission delay - ETSI market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
One-way transmission delay - NAM market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
One-way transmission delay - JAPAN market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiated emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conducted emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosure immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETSI market safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NAM market safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental standards and conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethernet cable requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harmony Radio power supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency bands and duplex spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency tuning range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETSI Reference masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical transmit power at antenna connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmit power stability and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum receiver power level range at antenna connector . . . . . . .
Noise Figure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical transmit power at antenna connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmit power stability and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum receiver power level range at antenna connector . . . . . . .
Noise Figure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical transmit power at antenna connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmit power stability and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum receiver power level range at antenna connector . . . . . . .
Noise Figure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

147
147
148
148
148
149
149
149
150
150
150
150
151
151
151
151
152
154
155
156
156
157
157
158
158
159
159
160
161
161
162
162
164
168
168
171
173
173
174
175
175
176
176
177
177
177
177

13

Product Description

Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table

14

140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186

Roll-off factor (ETSI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178


Roll-off factor (NAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Roll-off factor (JAPAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
System gain (BER 10-6) (Typical values) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
System gain (BER 10-6) (Typical values) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
System gain (BER 10-6) (Typical values) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
S/N measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Co-channel interference 1 dB @ BER 10-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Co-channel interference 3 dB @ BER 10-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Adjacent-channel interference 1 dB @ BER 10-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Adjacent-channel interference 3 dB @ BER 10-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
NFD 1st channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
ACM switching thresholds (ETSI market) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
ACM switching thresholds (NAM market) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Residual bit error ratio (RBER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
DC input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Enclosure immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Ethernet interface immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
P+E interface immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
DC Power supply interface immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
ETSI market safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
NAM market safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Environmental standards and conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
DC input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Enclosure immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Ethernet and Power Supply interface immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
ETSI market safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
NAM market safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Environmental standards and conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
DC input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Enclosure immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Ethernet and Power Supply interface immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Environmental standards and conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Frequency allocation (ITU-R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
CEPT recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
FCC/IC recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Radio transmission (CENELEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Radio transmission (ETSI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Environment (ETSI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Environment (CENELEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Environment (FCC/IC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Table
Table
Table
Table

187
188
189
190

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

IEC recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
European Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITU recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IEEE recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

202
202
203
204

15

Product Description

16

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Preface

1 Preface
This document provides the technical description and the technical specifications of the
Harmony Radio, operating in the 3.5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 13, 15, 18, 23, 26, 28, 32, 38 and
42 GHz RF bands for ETSI market, in the 6, 11, 18 and 23 GHz RF bands for NAM
market and in the 11, 15 and 18 GHz RF bands for JAPAN market.

The Product Description does not contain any instructions to be carried out.

1.1 Intended audience


This document is intended to the radio network planners and to the technicians in charge
to operate and maintain the Harmony Radio.

1.2 Structure of this document


The document is divided into the following main chapters:
Chapter

Title

Subject

Chapter 1

Preface

Provides an introduction and overview


of this Product Description

Chapter 2

Harmony Radio Overview

Provides an overview on the Harmony


Radio

Chapter 3

Product structure

Provides a description of the units of the


equipment

Chapter 4

Features

Provides the main features

Chapter 5

Applications

Provides the main applications that can


be implemented with the Harmony
Radio

Chapter 6

Harmony Radio Management

Provides the information regarding the


management of the Harmony Radio

Chapter 7

Mechanical structure and


interface

Provides the information regarding the


structure and the external interfaces of
the Harmony Radio

Chapter 8

Harmony Radio technical


specifications

Lists the technical data of the Harmony


Radio

Chapter 9

Power Injector technical


specifications

Lists the technical data of the Power


Injector

Chapter 10 Ethernet Repeater technical


specifications

Lists the technical data of the Ethernet


Repeater

Chapter 11 Standards

Lists the standards

Chapter 12 Acronyms and abbreviations

Lists the acronyms and abbreviations


used in this document

Table 1

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Structure of this document

17

Preface

Product Description

1.3 Symbols and conventions


The following symbols and mark-up conventions are used in this document:
Representation

fDANGER!
fWARNING!
fCAUTION!

Meaning
A safety message indicates a dangerous situation where
personal injury is possible.
The keywords denote hazard levels with the following meaning:
DANGER! - Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious (irreversible) personal
injury.
WARNING! - Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious (irreversible) personal
injury
CAUTION! - Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, may result in minor or moderate (reversible) personal
injury.

w NOTICE:

A property damage message indicates a hazard that may result


in equipment damage, data loss, traffic interruption, and so on.

A note provides important information related to the topic, for


example, not obvious exceptions to a rule or side effects.

A tip provides additional information related to the topic which is


not essential in the context, but given for convenience

Bold

 All names of graphical user interface (GUI) objects, such as


windows, field names, buttons, and so on.
Example: Select the Full Screen check box and press OK.
 Terms and abbreviations which are linked to an entry in the
glossary and list of abbreviations respectively.
 Important key words.

Italic

 Files, folders, and file system paths.


Example: /usr/etc/sbin/ftpd.exe
 Emphasized words.

typewriter

 Input to be typed in a command line or a GUI field.


Examples:
ping -t 192.168.0.1
Enter World in the Domain field.
 Output from a command, error messages, content of a
status line, and so on.
 File content, such as program sources, scripts, logs, and
settings.

<angle brackets>

Placeholders, for example as part of a file name or field value.


Examples:
<picture name>.png or <ip address>:<port number>

Table 2

18

List of symbols and conventions

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Preface

Representation
[square brackets]

Meaning
A key to be pressed on a PC keyboard, for example [F11].
Keys to be pressed simultaneously are concatenated with a +
sign, for example [CTRL]+[ALT]+[DEL].
Keys to be pressed one after another are concatenated with
spaces, for example [ESC] [SPACE] [M].

>

The greater than symbol > is used to concatenate a series of


GUI items in order to depict a GUI path. This is an abridged
presentation of a procedure to be carried out in order to perform
an action or display a window or dialog box.
Examples:
A simple menu path: File > Save as ...

x
(in card names)

For convenience, card names are sometimes listed with a lower


case x variable, in order to concisely represent multiple cards.
Example:
I01T40G-x (is to be interpreted as I01T40G-1 and I01T40G-2)

Table 2

List of symbols and conventions (Cont.)

Screenshots of the graphical user interface are examples only to illustrate principles.
This especially applies to a software version number visible in a screenshot.

1.4 History of changes


Issue
1

Table 3

Issue date
June 2013

Remarks
1st version

History of changes

1.5 Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE)


All waste electrical and electronic products must be disposed of separately from the
municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government
or the local authorities. The WEEE label (see Figure 1) is applied to all such devices.

Figure 1

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

WEEE label

19

Preface

Product Description

The correct disposal and separate collection of waste equipment will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. It is a precondition
for reuse and recycling of used electrical and electronic equipment.
For more detailed information about disposal of such equipment, please contact DragonWave.
The above statements are fully valid only for equipment installed in the countries of the
European Union and is covered by the directive 2002/96/EC. Countries outside the
European Union may have other regulations regarding the disposal of electrical and
electronic equipment.

1.6 RoHS compliance


Harmony Radio complies with the European Union RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC on the
restriction of use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.
The directive applies to the use of lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBB), and polybrominated diphenylethers (PBDE) in electrical
and electronic equipment put on the market after 1 July 2006.
Materials usage information on DragonWave Electronic Information Products
imported or sold in the Peoples Republic of China
Harmony Radio complies with the Chinese standard SJ/T 11364-2006 on the restriction
of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. The
standard applies to the use of lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium,
polybrominated biphenyls (PBB), and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) in
electrical and electronic equipment put on the market after 1 March 2007.

20

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

2 Harmony Radio Overview


Harmony Radio is a reliable and flexible microwave radio, which efficiently transports
Ethernet traffic in RF bands from 3.5 GHz up to 42 GHz. Harmony Radio can be used
in different transmission networks: mobile networks, fixed networks or private networks.
Harmony Radio is the outdoor unit of DragonWave Harmony Microwave: a new packet
microwave system designed to meet the requirements of evolved transport networks
with the target of minimizing the operator Total Ownership Costs. Harmony Microwave
joins together the benefits of an advanced scalable microwave radio and of a real carrier
grade Ethernet nodal solution.
Harmony Microwave is the means of deploying a cost-effective microwave infrastructure
for 3G, WiMAX and LTE backhaul, high speed wireless Internet networks, fixed broadband access backhaul and private wireless networks.
Harmony Microwave is the right solution to design advanced mobile backhaul networks
based on Ethernet transport. The solution is conceived both for pure packet and hybrid
(TDM + packet) networks.
Harmony Microwave includes:
Harmony Radio (a fully outdoor microwave radio)
DragonWave Carrier Ethernet switch.
Two hardware versions of the DragonWave Carrier Ethernet switch are available:
Harmony First Mile 200, compact version for tail sites and small hubs
Harmony Hub 800, modular version for tail sites and small hubs
Harmony Hub is a carrier grade Ethernet switch, which supports multiple radio
directions. The resulting solution is a best-in-class microwave radio node.
In an unmatched compact design, it offers advanced Ethernet processing features as
well as maximum flexibility to support TDM traffic via circuit emulation.
Access interfaces include Fast and Gigabit Ethernet, E1/T1 and channelized
STM-1/OC-3.
Unique reliability is achieved thanks to the state of the art technology and support of
protected configurations, TDM tributary protection and Ethernet protection.
The modular architecture makes Harmony Hub very flexible and pay-as-you-grow.
Additionally, the Harmony Hub, as part of the DragonWave Carrier Ethernet portfolio,
allows a smooth integration in the network, ensuring end to end QoS and easy
provisioning.
Harmony First Mile is a compact indoor device optimized for tail (one radio direction) and
chain (two radio directions) applications.
Moreover the Harmony Radio can be connected to a third-party Indoor Unit via a
standard Ethernet interface.

In this document the term Indoor Device is used generally as reference to any Indoor
equipment connected to the Harmony Radio.
Customer benefits
The innovative outdoor unit design, with GbE standard interface, opens the way to real
cost optimization in the backhaul network. Harmony Radio may be used in stand-alone
configuration (i.e. w/o dedicated indoor units), particularly useful in tail sites enabling

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

21

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

direct interconnection to Base Stations. In 3G sites with Ethernet NodeBs, the Harmony
Radio can be connected directly to the Ethernet interface of the NodeB.
The overall network CAPEX is minimized, thanks to the fully outdoor solution in the cell
site and the compact node solution in hub sites. In hub site, a real pay-as-you-grow
solution is guaranteed by the flexible architecture of the Harmony Microwave, both in
terms of number of outdoor units and of indoor unit line cards.
Moreover the scalability of the radio allows using the same platform throughout the
network, with both investment and operation savings.
The use of the Adaptive Code and Modulation allows operators to exploit the RF
spectrum in a most efficient way by transporting more traffic in the same radio channel.
System features
The main characteristics of the Harmony Radio are:
 Zero Footprint microwave equipment














22

built-in XPIC capability


Advanced QoS with 8 queues
Congestion Avoidance (Color Aware Active Queue Management)
Header compression for increased throughput
2+0 with link aggregation
1+1 HSBY, Frequency Diversity, Space Diversity
2+0 FD with the optional Energy Saving mode
2x(1+0)/3x(1+0) Different Directions
L1 Ethernet throughput up to 450 Mbit/s
modulations from QPSK to 256 QAM, adaptive and static
standard Ethernet electrical interface (for traffic and supervision)
Ethernet jumbo frame support
from 3.5 GHz up to 42 GHz frequency bands (3.5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 13, 15, 18, 23, 26, 28,
32, 38 and 42 GHz RF bands for ETSI market; 6, 11, 18 and 23 GHz RF bands for
NAM market).

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Modulations and Channel bandwidths


Modulation

Channel bandwidths
3.5 MHz

7 MHz

13.75/14 MHz

27.5/28 MHz

40MHz

55/56 MHz

QPSK

16 QAM

32 QAM

64 QAM

128 QAM

256 QAM

Table 4

Modulations and channel bandwidths (ETSI market)

Channel bandwidth 3.5 MHz applies only to 3.5 GHz band.

Channel bandwidths 13.75 MHz, 27.5 MHz and 55 MHz apply only to 18 GHz band.

Modulation

Channel bandwidths
10 MHz

20 MHz

30 MHz

40 MHz

50 MHz

56 MHz

QPSK

16 QAM

32 QAM

64 QAM

128 QAM

256 QAM

Table 5

Modulations and channel bandwidths (NAM market)

Modulation

Channel bandwidths
20 MHz

40 MHz

QPSK

16 QAM

64 QAM

Table 6

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Modulations and channel bandwidths (JAPAN market)

23

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

System configurations
The equipment is available with the configurations listed in Table 7.
The configurations are available with an integrated antenna or with an independent
antenna.

The available configurations for 3.5 GHz are 1+0 and 2+0 XPIC only.

Hw
protection
Mode
(Note 1)

Configuration

Ref. to Figure
(Note 4)

1+0

1+0 Ring

1+1 Hot Stand-by - 2 cables

CCM based

Standalone

1+1 Hot Stand-by - 1 cable

Figure 8, Figure 9,
Figure 10

1+1 FD - 2 cables

CCM based

Standalone

Not supported

Figure 5, Figure 7,
Figure 13

CCM based

Standalone

Not supported

2+0 FD - 1 cable

Figure 11, Figure 12

1+1 SD - 2 cables

CCM based

Figure 14

Standalone

Not supported

CCM based

Standalone

CCM based

Standalone

2+0 XPIC - 1 cable

2+2 XPIC

CCM based
Standalone

Not supported Figure 20, Figure 21,


Figure 22
x

2x(1+0) DD

Figure 23, Figure 24

3x(1+0) DD

Figure 25, Figure 26

2+0 FD - 2 cables

2+0 XPIC - 2 cables

2+0 XPIC Ring - 2 cables

Table 7

Supported
system type

Figure 2, Figure 3,
Figure 4
Figure 5, Figure 6,
Figure 7

Figure 15, Figure 16,


Figure 17

Figure 15, Figure 16,


Figure 17

Figure 18, Figure 19

System configurations

Note 1 - In order to provide resilience against hardware failures Harmony Radio


supports two different behaviors according to the type of IDU which the Harmony Radio is
connected to:
 CCM based: for interoperability with IDUs, which support the protection mechanism
(First Mile and Hub 800).

24

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

 Standalone: for interoperability with a generic L2 Bridge which supports the normal
behavior specified in IEEE 802.1D (i.e. Learning, Forwarding, Filtering, and xSTP)
and in 802.1Q (VLAN tagging).
Basic requirements for the L2 Bridge:
 MAC Learning subject to aging time
 Frame Forwarding based upon MAC Destination Address (with flooding for DA
not contained in the FDB (Filtering Database) and for non-unicast frames)
 Support of VLAN based tunnel between the ports where the ODUs are
connected to: the tunnel must be a point to point connection even for multicast
frames (P-CCMs)
 FDB flushing upon L1 link loss
 xSTP protocol

Note 2 - The IDU is unaware of the presence of a protected radio link (1+1 HSBY) and
the functioning of the system entirely relies upon MAC address bridging.
The decision about which ODU is active at a given moment is taken autonomously by
the ODUs according to the configurations (Main/Protection and Revertive/Unrevertive)
and the status of the ODU alarms (both HW failure and link loss alarms). No explicit
notification of the active link is sent to the IDU.
The IDU sends the traffic to the ODU according to the learning algorithm.
This mode of operation requires the presence of the ODU-ODU cable for the dialog
between the 2 ODUs.

Note 3 - One ODU acts as Master and the other one as Slave. All the traffic from the
IDU is sent on the cable of the Master ODU, which is in charge to split the traffic over its
radio channel and over the radio channel of the Slave ODU (through the ODU-ODU
cable).
In case of failure of the Master ODU the Slave ODU becomes active and the traffic from
IDU transits on the cable of the Slave.

Note 4 - In the configurations with 2 Harmony Radios an ODU-ODU cable is installed


as shown in the figures. The cable length is 1.5 m or 3 m for the XPIC configuration and
10 m for all the other configurations.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

25

2x(1+0) DD

3x(1+0) DD

1+1 HSBY 2c

1+1 FD 2c

1+1 SD 2c

2+0 XPIC 2c

2+0 FD 2c

1+1 HSBY 1c

C
C

C
C

C
C

2+0 XPIC 2c Ring

C
C

2+2 XPIC

C
C

2x(1+0) DD

3x(1+0) DD

26

2+0 FD 1c

Table 8

2+0 XPIC 1c

1+0 Ring

2+2 XPIC

2+0 FD 1c

1+0 Ring
C

2+0 XPIC
2c Ring

2+0 XPIC 1c

2+0
FD 2c

2+0 XPIC 2c

1+1
SD 2c

1+1 HSBY 2c

1+0

1+1
FD 2c

1+0

System Types

Product Description

1+1 HSBY 1c

Harmony Radio Overview

C
C
C

Mixed link compatibility

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 2

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

1+0 system with integrated antenna (6-42 GHz)

27

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 3

28

1+0 system with independent antenna (6-42 GHz)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 4

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

1+0 system with independent antenna (3.5 GHz)

29

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 5

30

1+1 Hot Stand-by/1+1 FD (co-polar) system with integrated antenna


(6-38 GHz)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 6

1+1 Hot Stand-by system with back to back coupler and integrated antenna
(6-42 GHz)

Note 1: For the correct position of the Main Harmony Radio and the Stand-by Harmony
Radio refer to the writing on the back to back coupler.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

31

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 7

32

1+1 Hot Stand-by/1+1 FD (co-polar) system with independent antenna


(6-42 GHz)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 8

1+1 Hot Stand-by system (single cable) with integrated antenna


(6-38 GHz)

Note 1: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 2: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 3: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

33

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 9

1+1 Hot Stand-by system (single cable) with back to back coupler and integrated antenna (6-42 GHz)

Note 1: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 2: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 3: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.
Note 4: For the correct position of the Main Harmony Radio and the Stand-by Harmony
Radio refer to the writing on the back to back coupler.

34

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 10

1+1 Hot Stand-by system (single cable) with independent antenna


(6-42 GHz)

Note 1: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 2: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 3: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

35

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 11

2+0 FD system (single cable) with integrated antenna (6-38 GHz)

Note 1: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 2: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 3: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.

36

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 12

2+0 FD system (single cable) with independent antenna (6-42 GHz)

Note 1: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 2: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 3: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

37

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 13

38

1+1 FD system with independent antenna (6-42 GHz)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 14

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

1+1 SD system with integrated antenna (6-42 GHz)

39

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 15

40

2+0 FD/2+0 XPIC (cross-polar) system with independent antenna


(6-42 GHz)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 16

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

2+0 XPIC system with independent antenna (3.5 GHz)

41

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 17

42

2+0 FD/2+0 XPIC (cross-polar) system with integrated antenna (6-42 GHz)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 18

2+0 XPIC system (single cable) with independent antenna (6-42 GHz)

Note 1: The ODU with Ethernet cable shall be configured with ODU Role = Master.
Note 2: The ODU with no Ethernet cable connected shall be configured with ODU Role
= Slave.
Note 3: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 4: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 5: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

43

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 19

2+0 XPIC system (single cable) with integrated antenna (6-42 GHz)

Note 1: The ODU with Ethernet cable shall be configured with ODU Role = Master.
Note 2: The ODU with no Ethernet cable connected shall be configured with ODU Role
= Slave.
Note 3: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 4: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 5: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.

44

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 20

2+2 XPIC configuration (with 1 Antenna with OMT)

Note 1: These ODUs can be supplied by the Ethernet cables connected to the
Amphenol Ethernet connector, if the P+E solution is provided by the Indoor Unit or by a
Power Injector.
Note 2: Fix the flexible waveguide to the antenna coupler by using the screws provided
with the antenna coupler (and NOT the screws provided with the flexible waveguide kit).

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

45

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 21

46

2+2 XPIC configuration with IDU protection (with 1 Antenna with coupler)

Note 1: These ODUs can be supplied by the Ethernet cables connected to the
Amphenol Ethernet connector, if the P+E solution is provided by the Indoor Unit or by a
Power Injector.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 22

2+2 XPIC configuration (with 2 Antennas with OMT)

Note 1: These ODUs can be supplied by the Ethernet cables connected to the
Amphenol Ethernet connector, if the P+E solution is provided by the Indoor Unit or by a
Power Injector.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

47

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 23

2x(1+0) DD system with integrated antenna

Note 1: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 2: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 3: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.

48

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 24

2x(1+0) DD system with independent antenna

Note 1: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 2: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 3: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

49

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Figure 25

3x(1+0) DD system with integrated antenna

Note 1: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 2: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 3: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.
Note 4: The position of the 3 ODUs in the figure is only an example of installation.

50

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Figure 26

3x(1+0) DD system with independent antenna

Note 1: The Ethernet cable can transport the Ethernet traffic only or the Power Supply
+ Ethernet traffic, depending on the adopted solution.
Note 2: Alternative cable to the Power + Ethernet solution.
Note 3: Any Power Supply Unit available in the site.
Note 4: The position of the 3 ODUs in the figure is only an example of installation.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

51

Harmony Radio Overview

Product Description

Antenna compatibility
Harmony Radio is compatible with the XD antennas.
For the compatibility with the FlexiHopper antennas a special adapter (to be installed on
the Harmony Radio) is available.
For more information refer to par. 7.1.4 Antenna interface on page 115.
Antennas
Single polarization and dual polarization antennas are available.
Harmony Radio antennas are sized: 20, 30, 60, 80, 100, 120 and 180 cm.
The polarization of the single polarization antenna can be easily changed by rotating the
Harmony Radio and the antenna feeder through 90.
The Harmony Radio can be directly connected to a single antenna. No waveguides are
needed. The mount provides means to easily align the system of antenna and Harmony
Radio horizontally and vertically.
All antennas can be used separately by connecting a flexible (or alternatively elliptical)
waveguide between the antenna and the Harmony Radio.

Figure 27

52

Example of Harmony Radio with a 30 cm integrated antenna

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Overview

Installation
Harmony Radio can be installed on roof, wall, or pole. The Harmony Radio antenna can
be installed on either side of a pole. Normally, no loose parts are needed in the installation. Harmony Radio and the corresponding antenna are so designed that their RF ports
correctly align in the selected polarization (vertical or horizontal).
Connectors and cabling
Harmony Radio can be connected to the Indoor Section through:
 a single Ethernet cable, if the Power + Ethernet (P+E) solution is implemented
 or through 2 cables, if a dedicated cable for power supply is preferred
The Ethernet connector and the Power Supply connector are Amphenol multipolar
connectors.
Harmony Radio has also one RSSI voltage measurement connector. RSSI voltage
measurement is required when aligning the antenna.
In the configurations with two Harmony Radios the two Harmony Radios are connected
through a proprietary cable (5 m or 10 m).
Consumption
The Harmony Radio typical power consumption is in the range 35 W-40 W depending
on the RF band, which results in high reliability and a long running time on battery
backup.
Management system
Harmony Radio is managed "In-band" using a WebLCT and/or via DragonView Element
Manager. "In-band management" means that all the Ethernet frames, regarding the
management functions, are transmitted on the Ethernet interface used also for the
traffic.

NOTE:

The equipment is intended to be installed only in a restricted access location.


Installation and maintenance must only be performed by service persons.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

53

Product structure

Product Description

3 Product structure
3.1 Harmony Radio description
Figure 28 shows the top-level block diagram. Harmony Radio includes four functional
units:
BB-Modem board
Power supply unit
RF/IF unit
Duplexer filter (DPX)

Figure 28

3.1.1

Harmony Radio functional view

BB-modem board
The BB-Modem board consists of:
Gigabit Ethernet Physical Layer
L2 Switch
Microprocessor
Baseband Unit
Modem Unit
The Gigabit Ethernet Physical Layer supports a 10/100/1000 Base-T interface towards
the Gigabit Ethernet and exposes a GMII interface to the L2 Switch. It is Synchronous
Ethernet compliant.
The L2 Switch implements basic switching and its function is to separate management
traffic directed to/from the Microcontroller from the rest of the traffic.
The Baseband unit implements the main Data Plane functions such as VLAN splitting,
Ethernet QoS, payload framing.
The Modem consists of a Tx and Rx section.
The Tx section includes an LDPC encoder, a constellator mapper, and a modulator.

54

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Product structure

The Rx section includes a demodulator, for tuning, synchronizing and equalizing the
received signal, and a decoder for demapping and error correction.
The Modem cooperates with the Baseband section to manage Adaptive Code and
Modulation (ACM), and ATPC function.

3.1.2

Power supply board


The Power supply board receives power supply voltage from the GbE Interface (P+E)
or the PS interface. It generates tertiary voltage sources which are stabilized, monitored
and distributed to the other sections of the BB-Modem board and the RF-IF unit.

3.1.3

RF-IF board
The RF-IF board performs the following functions:
 on the Tx side, it converts the modulated signals (in-phase and in-quadrature)
through an intermediate frequency or directly to radio frequency. In addition it
adjusts RF Transmitted Power level without excessive power distortion;
 on the Rx side, the RF-IF unit amplifies the radio frequency signal (coming from the
diplexer) introducing a low noise figure; it filters and converts the RF signal to 'in
phase' and 'in quadrature' baseband signals;
 monitoring and control functions by means of RF micro-processor.

3.1.4

Duplexer filter
The Duplexer filter separates the RF Tx signal from the RF Rx signal.

3.2 External interfaces


Harmony Radio is provided with six interfaces:
 Cable Interface






Power Supply
Antenna
AGC
Grounding Point
ODU-ODU

 Cable Interface: is an Electrical Gigabit Ethernet interface with Power + Ethernet


(P+E).
It connects Harmony Radio to the Indoor Unit (Harmony Hub or an Indoor Device).
Its function is to transmit data stream from the Indoor Unit to the Harmony Radio and
vice versa, and to carry DC power supply.
 Power Supply Interface: carries -48VDC power only, and it is in alternative to P+E.
 AGC: connector to measure the RSSI (Receiver Signal Strength Indication). It is
useful during installation for correct alignment of the antenna.
 Antenna: this interface connects the Harmony Radio to the antenna. The Harmony
Radio is available with two different mechanical compatibilities: XD compatibility and
FH compatibility.
 Grounding point: this point must be connected to ground.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

55

Product structure

Product Description

 ODU-ODU: this connector is used in the configurations with two Harmony Radios to
connect through a cable the two Harmony Radios. The interconnection cable transports the Ethernet traffic, synchronization and XPIC data (according to the
configuration).

56

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Product structure

3.3 Alternative connections to an Indoor Device


The Indoor Device is a third-party Indoor Unit, which must be connected to the Harmony
Radio. It is a device with the features of a Carrier Ethernet Switch.
The connections can be electrical.

3.3.1

Electrical Ethernet connection


Figure 29 shows 5 different ways for connecting the Harmony Radio to an Indoor
Device.
 alternative (a): the connection distance is shorter than 100m (Ethernet standard
upper limit) and the Indoor Device has its own P+E interface. The Power Supply Unit
(PSU) provides the power directly to the Indoor Device. The latter converts it into an
appropriate DC voltage, which will be delivered over the Ethernet cable together with
GbE data interface according to P+E specifications.
 alternative (b): the connection distance is shorter than 100m (Ethernet standard
upper limit) and the Indoor Device has not its own P+E interface. The Power Supply
Unit (PSU) provides the -48V DC power directly to the Harmony Radio through the
PS interface; the Indoor Device provides the Ethernet communication through a
GbE interface. With regard to system installation this solution needs two cables
between the Indoor Device and the Harmony Radio.

The Indoor Device must have the outdoor protection at the output.
 alternative (c): the connection distance is shorter than 100m (Ethernet standard
upper limit) and the Indoor Device has not its own P+E interface. If the single cable
between the Indoor Device and the Harmony Radio is a must, a Power injector
device is used to insert power onto an Ethernet cable. Two types of Power Injector
are available: Indoor Power Injector (to interface up to 4 Harmony Radios) and
Outdoor Power Injector (to interface 1 Harmony Radio). In Figure 29 only the Indoor
Power Injector is shown.
 alternative (d): the connection distance is longer than 100m. In this case a Ethernet
Repeater device is used to extend the Ethernet standard limit up to 200m. The
Ethernet Repeater device also forwards the Power Supply.
 alternative (e): the connection distance is longer than 200m. In this scenario two
Ethernet Repeaters are used to cover distances between the Indoor Device and the
Harmony Radio of up to 300m.

The description of the Power Injector is provided in paragraph 3.4 on page 59.

The description of the Repeater is provided in paragraph 3.5 on page 61.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

57

Product structure

Product Description

Figure 29

58

Indoor Device - ODU connection: alternative solutions

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Product structure

The PSU is any Power Supply Unit available in the site.

Note 1: In this case the Indoor Device must be a Harmony Hub with the outdoor protection at the output.

Note 2: The Indoor Device must have the outdoor protection at the output.

3.4 Power Injector


The Power Injector has been designed to deliver the DC power supply to Harmony
Radio by using the same cable carrying the Ethernet traffic.
Two types of Power Injector are available: Indoor Power Injector and Outdoor Power
Injector.
The Power Injector receives at the input the Ethernet traffic and the power supply on two
dedicated connectors and sends to the output on one connector the Power Supply +
Ethernet Traffic.
The Indoor Power Injector can supply up to 4 Harmony Radios.
The Outdoor Power Injector can supply 1 Harmony Radio.
The Power Supply Sources can be two to provide power supply redundancy.
The Adopted solution is based on direct -48V on Eth cable without any additional power
consumption.
The reference network is shown in Figure 30.
The technique for supplying DC power to Harmony Radio is basically a circuit in which
the DC voltage is applied equally to two signal conductors. It is achieved by applying the
DC power using the center tap of Ethernet transformers. All the four Ethernet pairs are
used for powering purpose in "phantom feeding" mode. The DC power is removed from
the signal at Harmony Radio using a corresponding set of Ethernet transformers.
The Power Interface block scheme is shown in Figure 31. To simplify the scheme only
one Ethernet interface is shown in the Figure.
The Power source on the Power Injector provides the voltage to Harmony Radio. The
Harmony Radio gives a controlled turn-on for the delivered voltage in order to limit inrush
current and prevent glitches on the power supply rails, that can damage connectors and
components. The Power Injector continuously performs a load control to detect
abnormal working conditions. Short circuit protection is provided. If a short-circuit
condition occurs, the power source reduces voltage output to zero, but the voltage is
partially applied again for a short period of time in order to detect the restoration of the
normal working condition.
Also under-current condition (a cable disconnection for example) is monitored. Undercurrent condition monitoring on Power Source is similar to short circuit case. Cable interface (Figure 30) is in charge to manage current and load dynamics.
A filtering network is implemented over power lines to avoid disturbances over Ethernet
signal and vice-versa.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

59

Product structure

60

Product Description

Figure 30

Power Injector reference network

Figure 31

Power Injector building block (power part detail)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Product structure

3.5 Ethernet Repeater


The Ethernet Repeater is a device capable of extending the Ethernet connection length
over the standard limit. This is necessary when the distance between the Indoor Device
and the Harmony Radio is longer than 100m. It is designed for outdoor environment. In
order to satisfy IP65 requirement, the Ethernet Repeater is built with an outdoor
mechanical casing with dedicated cable glands. The device manages a single Indoor
Device-Harmony Radio connection: in protected configurations, two Ethernet Repeaters
are needed to handle two Indoor-Outdoor links (i.e., one Ethernet Repeater for each
Harmony Radio). A block diagram of the possible Ethernet Repeater implementation is
shown in Figure 32. The PS cable is also illustrated: for distances longer than 200 m
(Scenario 2) the PS interface at the input of the Ethernet Repeaters is AWG 10 (different
from AWG 13, which is the PS cable of the Harmony Radio).

Figure 32

Ethernet Repeater use cases

The Ethernet Repeater block diagram is shown in Figure 33. The main characteristics
are:
 One back-to-back 10/100/1000Base-T link; RJ-45 connectors. The microprocessor
controls that the two Ethernet links in the Indoor Device - Harmony Radio connection
(first link Indoor Device  Ethernet Repeater, second link Ethernet Repeater 
Harmony Radio) have negotiated the same physical characteristics. If the two links
have different values the microprocessor forces the Ethernet Repeater  Harmony
Radio link to the same value of the Indoor Device  Ethernet Repeater link.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

61

Product structure

Product Description

 A -48V DC input power from the PSU; a -48V DC output power to the Harmony
Radio.
 A DC/DC that generates the tertiary power supply for internal use.

Figure 33

3.5.1

Ethernet Repeater block diagram

Physical Ethernet functions


At system start up the Ethernet Repeater controls that the two Ethernet links (Indoor
Device  Ethernet Repeater and Ethernet Repeater  ODU) have negotiated the
same physical characteristics. Auto-Negotiation function provides a mechanism for
exchanging configuration information between the two ends of both the two links
segment. This mechanism selects the highest performance mode of operation supported by each link.
Auto-Negotiation process is preceded by the Auto-MDIX resolution (the Ethernet
Repeater can automatically re-assign channels between link partners). The Auto-MDIX
resolution requires that Auto-Negotiation is enabled.
The Ethernet Repeater supports six Ethernet protocols: 10Base-T Half Duplex (lowest
priority), 10Base-T Full Duplex, 100Base-T Half Duplex, 100Base-T Full Duplex,
1000Base-T Half Duplex, 1000Base-T Full Duplex (highest priority).
If the two links have different speed values, the Ethernet Repeater's microprocessor
forces the Ethernet Repeater  ODU link at the same of Indoor Device  Ethernet
Repeater link.
The second goal of Auto-negotiation in 1000Base-T is to resolve Master/Slave
configuration. In this case one device needs to be configured as a Master and the other
as a Slave. The Master device by definition uses a local clock to transmit data; while
the Slave device uses the clock recovered from the incoming data for transmitting its
own
data.

62

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Product structure

The PHY to PHY connection satisfies the requirements of ITU-T G.823 for clock
synchronization in order to be transparent to a synchronous Ethernet data transfer
from Indoor Device to ODU.
The Synchronous Ethernet timing mode requires that all the links work with the same
clock. The Ethernet Repeater node has a local clock which determines the outgoing
clock rate at the physical interface; the local clock is synchronized by the input interface
incoming clock.
Ethernet Repeater's microprocessor is in charge to force the PHY connected to the ODU
link in Master mode (1000Base-T) if the PHY connected to the IDU link has negotiated
the Slave mode; vice versa it is in charge to force the PHY connected to the ODU link in
Slave mode if the PHY connected to the IDU link has negotiated the Master mode.

When 100BT is negotiated, Master/Slave configuration is meaningless. The two


directions in a 100Base-T link are independent and can transport a different clock. Due
to implementation constraints synchronous Ethernet can be propagated only in one
direction: from Eth I/R interface to Eth R/O interface. The other direction is not
synchronized, since the signal egressing I/R interface is locked to the internal oscillator
of the Ethernet Repeater. During installation phase, proper cabling shall be done in
order to propagate synchronization correctly through the link.
When the system is working in Full Duplex mode, the Flow Control mechanism between
the Indoor Device and ODU is transparent in the Ethernet Repeater. The pause frames,
not supported in the PHY layer, are transferred in both directions and managed from the
MAC of two terminals.
Both the speed and the duplex mode of operation can be determined by Autonegotiation.

Note about the 1000BT Master/Slave settings in Harmony Radio and Harmony
Hub
When the Ethernet Repeater is installed, the Harmony must be manually set as Master
or as Slave and the Harmony Hub must be manually set as Slave or as Master (dual
setting).

Note about the connections in 100BT


The I/R port of the Ethernet Repeater must always be connected to the Synchronization
source.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

63

Product structure

Product Description

3.6 Synchronization scenarios


Synchronization and clock recovery architecture is based on Synchronous Ethernet
standard (G.8261/G.8262/G.8264).
A single reference clock is used to synchronize both directions of the radio; this means
that clock recovered by each network element composing the radio link, in each
direction, is locked to the PRC connected at one end of the link itself.
When free-run configuration is selected, ODU is locked to its internal clock.
Moreover Harmony Radio supports the ring protection of the data/synchronization.
Each ODU is able to acquire the synchronization and clock Quality Level also via the
ODU-ODU cable. The ring protection of the clock is designed such that the Master/Slave
clock configuration on the GbE IDU-ODU interface (performed via auto-negotiation) is
fixed, and a change topology of the clock direction would not modify this setting.

3.6.1

Example of synchronization in the ring topology


An example of synchronism distribution and protection in the ring topology with the
ODUs in 1+0 system type is shown in Figure 34.
The two ODUs connected to the IDU, which provides the primary synchronism, have
their electrical GbE interface statically configured as "slave-clock". The other ODUs
have their IDU-ODU electrical GbE interfaces statically set as master-clock, because
they provide the primary clock to the attached IDUs.
In this example the synchronization travels clockwise through the ring: each ODU is
locked to a PRC-quality-level clock, forwards this synchronism out of its interfaces
together with a message ("SSM") reporting the PRC quality level (but the "Do-Not-Use"
message is sent towards the current sync source). A red cross represents disabled sync
sources, i.e. sync sources that cannot be selected as references and cannot be propagated.

Figure 34

1+0 Ring Topology: Example of Clock Distribution

If the radio link between ODU1 and ODU3 experiences a deep fade for long enough
time, or alternatively the ODU 1 fails, then the ODU3 SyncE element enters its hold-over

64

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Product structure

state and begins to send out SSMs with the "SEC" quality level. This SEC quality level
is propagated clockwise through the ring as the intermediate ODUs have no better
synchronization source available.

Figure 35

1+0 Ring Topology: Reaction to Radio Fading Affecting the ODU1-ODU3


Link

As soon as ODU8 receives the updated SEC quality level of its current sync source, it
changes its sync reference, because it has another source with a higher quality level
(PRC) available from the radio. This new clock reference is then propagated counter
clockwise though the ring, so to get the situation of Figure 36, which finally achieves the
clock protection.

Figure 36

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

1+0 Ring Topology: Clock Protection after a Link Fading

65

Product structure

Product Description

3.6.2

Synchronization in the Nx(1+0) DD System Type (Chain topology)


The Nx(1+0) DD foresees the following two options for synchronization configuration.
NCT. There is no clock transfer (NCT) through the IDU, the Radio and the ODUODU sources. The Enable/Disable and Priority proprieties of the Sync sources are
summarized Table 9. No configurations are required via WebLCT, other than the
selection of NCT option.
NCT

Sync Sources

Source Port
All

Table 9

IDU (0)

Radio (1)

Exp (2)

Enable/Disable

Disable

Disable

Disable

Priority

Nx(1+0) DD - NCT - Trunk, Chain, and Leaf ODU

Fixed-Based. The direction of the Sync propagation is fixed and is obtained by


proper configuration of the Sync source Enable/Disable properties (see Table 10,
Table 11 and Table 12). In this case, the direction of the SyncE propagation cannot
be reversed, so if the only allowed Sync source fails, the system clock enters the
free-run state. When the IDU source is a 1000Base-T interface, its clock scheme
must be auto-negotiated as indicated in the most right-hand column of Table
10/Table 11/Table 12. The proper configuration for each ODU is retrieved from the
Trunk/Chain/Leaf role configured on the device; no further configurations are
required via WebLCT.
Fixed-Based

Sync Sources

Source Port
Radio

Table 10

IDU (0)
Disable

Enable

Disable

Priority

66

Master

Nx(1+0) DD - Fixed-Based - Trunk ODU

Sync Sources

Source Port

Table 11

Exp (2)

Enable/Disable

Fixed-Based

ODU-ODU

Radio (1)

Electical GbE clock


scheme

IDU (0)

Radio (1)

Exp (2)

Enable/Disable

Disable

Disable

Enable

Priority

Electical GbE clock


scheme
Master

Nx(1+0) DD - Fixed-Based - Chain ODU

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Product structure

Fixed-Based

Sync Sources

Source Port
GbE

Table 12

IDU (0)

Radio (1)

Exp (2)

Enable/Disable

Enable

Disable

Disable

Priority

Electical GbE clock


scheme
Slave

Nx(1+0) DD - Fixed-Based - Leaf ODU

3.6.2.1

Configurations parameters
The parameters to be configured depend on the desired operation mode.
The following selection of the synchronization operation mode between two alternatives
is presented by WebLCT (under the hypothesis that the role of each ODU has been
already selected):
 No Clock Transfer
 Fixed-based.
In case of No Clock Transfer option the configurations presented in Table 9 are applied
to the Trunk, Chain and Leaf role ODUs.
In case of Fixed-based option the configurations presented in Table 10 are applied to
Trunk role ODU, the configurations presented in Table 11 are applied to Chain role
ODU, and the configurations in Table 12 are applied to Leaf role ODU.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

67

Features

Product Description

4 Features
4.1 Main features
The following are the Harmony Radio main features:
 standard Ethernet electrical interface to interoperate with bridges, routers and BTS
or NodeB (paragraph 4.7 on page 81)
 different system types with complete scalability, supporting different channel bandwidths and modulations formats from QPSK to 256 QAM (paragraph 4.4 on page 69)










Adaptive modulations (paragraph 4.2 on page 68)


ATPC (paragraph 4.3 on page 69)
XPIC (paragraph 4.4.4 on page 71)
loopbacks (paragraph 4.5 on page 79)
2+0 load balancing (paragraph 4.11 on page 86)
2+0 FD with the optional Energy Saving mode (paragraph 4.12 on page 90)
2x(1+0)/3x(1+0) Different Direction in Chain Topology (paragraph 4.13 on page 91)
header compression (paragraph 4.14 on page 96)
active queue management (RED and color aware RED) (paragraph 4.15 on page
97)









performance monitoring (paragraph 4.16 on page 102)


QoS (paragraph 4.8 on page 82)
packet fragmentation (paragraph 4.9 on page 83)
security (paragraph 4.18 on page 106)
fault monitoring (paragraph 4.19 on page 106)
symptom collection (paragraph 4.20 on page 106)
actual radio capacity info towards IDUs 3rd party (paragraph 4.21 on page 107)

4.2 Adaptive Code and Modulation (ACM)


ACM allows operators to improve link utilization by making high capacity data transmission reliable. ACM changes code and modulation according to the link quality in the
same channel bandwidth.

Figure 37

ACM for traffic growing

Adaptive Code and Modulation refers to the automatic modulation adjustment that a
wireless system can perform to prevent weather related fading from disrupting
communication on the link.
When severe weather conditions, such as heavy rain, affect the transmission and
receipt of data over the wireless network, the radio system automatically changes the
modulation, so that non-realtime data-based applications may be affected by signal
degradation, but real-time applications will run smoothly and continuously.

68

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

Since communication signals are modulated, varying the modulation also varies the
amount of bits that are transferred per signal, thus enabling higher throughputs or better
spectral efficiencies. It should be noted that when using an higher modulation technique
better Signal-to-Noise Ratios (SNR) are needed to overcome interference and maintain
a tolerable BER (Bit Error Ratio) level.
Based on the channel's condition, the ACM allows the system to choose the best
modulation in order to overcome fading and other interference.
The algorithm uses the highest possible modulation in accordance with link quality
degradation.
The switch from a modulation scheme to another modulation scheme takes place
according to the S/MSE value. The ACM thresholds are listed in par. 8.20 on page 185.
For example, on a clear day, the transmit and receive data capacity can be 350 Mbit/s,
using 256 QAM modulation. When the weather becomes overcast and stormy, the ACM
algorithm changes the modulation to 64 QAM and the system transmits at 260 Mbit/s.
ACM reacts very fast to the fading due to the propagation conditions (up to 100 dB/s).
The modulation switchover is implemented using an Errorless and Hitless algorithm.
ACM allows to maximize the spectrum usage and to enable the increased capacity over
a given bandwidth.
Switchover has the possibility of stepping up or down through all the modulation
schemes covered from 256 QAM down to QPSK, and back up all the modulations in
between. This guarantees that the link will operate at the highest possible modulation at
any time.

4.3 ATPC
ATPC (Automatic Transmit Power Control) controls the far-end transmit power level in
order to keep the receive signal level above a certain user-defined threshold level in
accordance with the particular modulation method and capacity being used.
ATPC is designed to counteract fading speed of 50 dB/s tuning Tx power in the Tx
power range of 25 dB.

4.4 System types


4.4.1

1+0
The 1+0 System Type is the unprotected configuration made up of one Harmony Radio
connected to the Indoor Device with a cable.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

69

Features

Product Description

Figure 38

70

1+0

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

4.4.2

Features

1+0 Ring
The 1+0 Ring System Type is a 1+0 configuration with the facility to protect the
synchronization in the ring.
This system type must be used to implement the Ring Protection: two Harmony Radios,
interconnected through the ODU-ODU cable, configured as 1+0 Ring, are connected to
the Indoor Device, as shown in Figure 39.
In this configuration the ring is made up of all Harmony Radios (the ring does not include
any IDU). The synchronization is managed by the Harmony Radios. The ODU-ODU
cable carries the synchronization only.

Figure 39

4.4.3

Ring Protection

2+0 Frequency Diversity


In this System Type two channels, operating at different RF frequencies, are active at
the same time to transport two independent signals.

Figure 40

4.4.4

2+0 Frequency Diversity

XPIC
The XPIC is used in co-channel configurations.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

71

Features

Product Description

Co-channel operation with high level modulation schemes requires very high crosspolarization discrimination (XPD). Modern radio relay antennas meet the XPD
requirements at least under ideal propagation conditions; nevertheless cross-polarization
interference (XPI) between orthogonally arranged channels may increase under
particular conditions such as rainfall or multipath propagation.
To counteract these phenomena a powerful cross-polarization interference canceller
has been fit into the demodulator. Since the interference effects are time variable, the
XPIC device structure is adaptive, consisting also of transversal filter.
At transmit side, it is not requested neither the common use for the V and H channels of
a single L.O. nor the synchronization of the two used oscillators.
There is also no strict requirement for clock synchronization at transmit side.
At receive side, beside the exchange of the received data signals at IF level, the only
interconnection between vertical and horizontal channel is the L.O. synchronization of
the receivers and no additional clock synchronization of the demodulators is necessary.
Another advantage of this concept is the independence of the XPIC operation from the
lock-in state of the carrier recovery being the carrier frequencies of the interfering signal
and the compensation signal identical at the adder point. This greatly improves
performances after strong XPI events, since the XPIC can first remove the XPI on the
main signal, thus facilitating the subsequent lock-in procedure.

4.4.4.1

2+0 XPIC
The 2+0 XPIC can be implemented in two different ways:
 two cables (the two Harmony Radios are connected to the IDU through two cables)
 single cable (the two Harmony Radios are connected to the IDU through one cable).
As in the others 2+0 systems, the two Outdoor Units are connected via ODU-ODU
cable.
In case of the single cable, in case of hw failure, only the failure of the ODU that is not
connected to the IDU is protected. Half of the capacity is saved on the remaining
polarization (H/V), according to QoS criteria.
This system type provides load sharing, but does not protect in case of cable or
protection ODU failure.

Figure 41

72

2+0 XPIC (single cable)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

4.4.4.2

Features

2+0 XPIC Ring


The 2+0 XPIC Ring System Type is a 2+0 XPIC configuration with the facility to protect
the synchronization in the ring.
This system type must be used to implement the Ring Protection: two pair of Harmony
Radios, interconnected through the ODU-ODU cable, configured as 2+0 XPIC Ring, are
connected to the Indoor Device. Two solutions can be adopted:
with single IDU: refer to Figure 42.
with two IDUs: refer to Figure 43.

Figure 42

Single IDU solution

Figure 43

Two IDU solution

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

73

Features

Product Description

4.4.4.3

2+2 XPIC
This system type is 2+0 XPIC with full HSBy protection by a second couple of ODUs in
stand-by.
If a fault happens, the traffic is completely switched to the stand-by couple of ODUs.
This means that at every time either the Main or the Protection pair of ODUs is active.

Figure 44

2+2 XPIC

Optionally also the IDU part can be redundant (IDU protection with LPG over the two
IDUs).

74

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

4.4.5

Features

1+1 Hot Standby


Two configurations can be implemented:
 with two cables
 with one cable.

4.4.5.1

Two cables
Hot Standby Radio protection is implemented by using CCM (Continuity Check
Messages) based protocol. The two ODUs use the same RF frequency, but only one
ODU (working ODU) is connected to the antenna.

Figure 45

1+1 Hot Standby - Two cables

When the working ODU fails, the IDU switches the traffic on the standby ODU, which is
concurrently activated. ACM can be either activated or deactivate in HSB configuration.
The ODUs use the same RF channel.

Figure 46

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

1+1 Hot Standby - Two cables

75

Features

Product Description

4.4.5.2

Single cable
In the single cable system type the protection ODU is connected via Ethernet interface
to the IDU or to a generic Indoor device.
The two Outdoor Units are connected via ODU-ODU cable.
In normal operation the protection ODU has the Transmitter turned off. The Main ODU
is active in both TX/RX directions.
When a failure occurs on the Main ODU, the Protection ODU removes the squelch and
starts to protect the radio link
This system type does not protect in case of cable or Protection ODU failure.

Figure 47

1+1 Hot Standby - single cable

The protection of the system is revertive, that is, when the faulty unit is replaced, rebecomes Main.

76

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

4.4.6

Features

1+1 Frequency Diversity


Frequency Diversity protection is implemented transmitting the same traffic flow over
two frequency channels. The two ODU receivers (in both sides of the link) are directly
connected, they switch the received IF signals on the basis of their estimated noise
level. The main ODU is defined as the ODU that receives the traffic from IDU in normal
working conditions, secondary ODU receives the traffic from primary ODU.
In normal working operation the traffic from the IDU is sent to the main ODU which then
reroute it to the second ODU via direct ODU-ODU connection.
ACM is synchronized between the two channels.

Figure 48

1+1 Frequency Diversity

The main ODU algorithm counteracts the channel fading by switching the received
signals on the basis of their estimated noise levels.
In case of main ODU HW failure, the IDU reroute the traffic over the secondary ODU.
In case of Secondary ODU failure, the main ODU interrupts the traffic flow to and from
the secondary ODU.

Figure 49

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

1+1 Frequency Diversity

77

Features

Product Description

4.4.7

1+1 Space Diversity


Space Diversity protection is implemented receiving the same traffic flow over two
different antennas. The two ODU receivers in both sides of the link are directly
connected. In Rx side a switch between the 2 received signals is performed, according
to suitable algorithms, based on the S/MSE ratio on the Main and Diversity paths.
The Main ODU is defined as the ODU that receives the traffic from IDU in normal
working conditions, secondary ODU receives the traffic from primary ODU.
In normal working operation the traffic from the IDU is sent to the main ODU which
transmits it over air. On receiver side the secondary ODU transmit the traffic to the main
ODU via direct ODU-ODU connection.

Figure 50

1+1 Space Diversity

Note: In Rx side a switch between the 2 received signals is performed, according to


suitable algorithms, based on the S/MSE ratio on the Main and Diversity paths.
In case of main ODU HW failure, the IDU reroute the traffic over the secondary ODU.
In case of Secondary ODU failure, the main ODU interrupts the traffic flow to and from
the secondary ODU.

Figure 51

4.4.8

1+1 Space Diversity

2x(1+0)/3x(1+0) Different Directions


Refer to paragraph 4.13 2x(1+0)/3x(1+0) Different Direction in Chain Topology on page
91.

78

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

4.5 Loopbacks
The loopbacks can be:
 Local (signal looped back towards the GbE cable),
 Remote (signal looped back towards the radio interface)

Figure 52

Harmony Radio loopbacks

All the loopbacks can be enabled for a time T (user configurable with granularity in
seconds), before being automatically disabled by P.
Not more than one loopback can be enabled at a given time. When a loopback is
enabled, the system moves to a "test mode" configuration designed for transmitting back
traffic.
The differences between the test and the normal are in the L2 switch configuration.
When operating in test mode the auto-learning and filtering functions are disabled; the
MAC forwarding table is flushed.
During the entire duration of the loopback the Harmony Radio is not reachable for
management. Moreover after loopback has been performed, a file becomes available
containing the result of the counters.

4.5.1

PHY loopback
LL1: used to test cable connectivity.
RL1: used to remotely test the whole chain.

4.5.2

RF loopback
LL2: the RF loopback path does not involve the diplexer as shown in Figure 53.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

79

Features

Product Description

Loopback
path

Data in

Antenna

Data out

Loopback command
mP

Figure 53

RF loopback

4.6 Ethernet Port Shutdown on Radio link failure


The Ethernet Port Shutdown feature (available only in 1+0 and 1+0 Ring) speeds up
the reconfiguration of the Harmony Radio-based rings beyond the possibilities of the
standard xSTP protocol.
In a scenario defined by ring topology managed by RSTP, the Harmony Radio is
requested to signal to the IDU, that runs the RSTP, a loss of connectivity on the radio
interface by shutting down the GbE interface.
The IDU reacts instantly, i.e. not waiting for the timeout defined in the protocol, to such
event (Ethernet link-down) by re-routing the data traffic towards the other direction in the
ring.
The behavior is:
 Upon detection of air-loss condition, the Ethernet interface of the GbE port is shut
down, so that a link loss is detected at the other side of the Ethernet connection.
 The radio port of the switch is disabled (in order to avoid unidirectional link after the
connection with the IDU has been restored) and the MAC forwarding table of the
bridge is flushed.
 After a configurable timeout has elapsed the Ethernet interface is turned on again
(to allow local management).
 The radio port of the switch is restored after the air-loss alarm is off only when a waitto-restore time has elapsed.

80

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

4.7 Ethernet features


Harmony Radio is a full packet system that manages pure Ethernet traffic (MPLS tagged
also).
Harmony Radio supports Ethernet Jumbo Frames (up to 10240 bytes).
The following protocols are fully supported:
 IEEE 802.1
 IEEE 802.1Q
 IEEE 802.1ad (also known as both double tagging and Q-in-Q). VLAN forwarding is
based on the outer VLAN tag; Ethertype can be 0x8100 or 0x88a8;
 IEEE 802.1ah (also known as MAC-in-MAC): MAC forwarding is based on the outer
MAC address
Figure 54 shows the frame formats.

Figure 54

Ethernet hierarchical frame formats

Harmony Radio implements QoS functionality for the incoming traffic. In addition
Synchronous Ethernet protocol is implemented according to ITU-T G.8261 and ITU-T
G.8262.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

81

Features

Product Description

4.8 Quality of Service


Figure 55 shows the QoS architecture, structured in two main functional blocks:
 Classification
 Egress scheduling

Figure 55

QoS architecture

Three main functional blocks are defined:


 Incoming Ethernet packets are classified according to the specified criteria in order
to be queued inside the correspondent buffer, waiting to be scheduled.
 The Egress scheduling applies the QoS scheduling criteria among all queues to
prioritize the egress traffic sent to the radio. Up to 8 egress queues could be configured
and used for scheduling the egress traffic.
QoS Classification Criteria
The incoming Ethernet packets are classified according to the following criteria also
called classification rules in the following:
 Ethernet Source and Destination MAC address







EtherType field
IEEE 802.1p VLAN priority field
VLAN ID field
IPv4 ToS/DSCP field
IPv6 traffic class field
MPLS EXP field

Egress Scheduling
Harmony Radio supports three egress scheduling algorithms to handle Ethernet frames
towards the radio:
 Strict Priority Queuing (SPQ)
In Strict Priority Queuing strategy, the active egress queues are served in
descending order of priority, from the highest to the lowest: each queue is served till it
is completely empty.
 Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ)
In Weighted Fair Queuing strategy, the available bandwidth is shared among all
active queues proportionally to specific weights associated to each queue: these
weights permit defining the amount of traffic that will be scheduled out for each
queue.
The weighting is configurable: the weights can be assigned to each priority queue.
Moreover a queue limiter is implemented in order to limit the amount of traffic from
a specific queue.
 Mixed SPQ/WFQ
Some queues can be configured to be assigned to SPQ and other queues to WFQ.

82

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

4.9 Packet fragmentation


WFQ/WRR scheduler avoids low priority queues starvation, but doesn't minimize the
transmission delay of high priority packets. Fixed priority schedulers can reduce the
transmission delay to the minimum, but they don't solve the head of line blocking issue
(i.e. if the transmission of a low priority packet is already started, the complete packet
has to be transmitted). The only way to reduce as much as possible the transmission
delay of a higher priority packet is to stop the transmission of a lower priority packet,
transmitting the complete higher priority packet, and then resuming the transmission of
the lower priority packet. Please note that net payload bit rate available over the radio
channel could be low (with small channel bandwidth and robust modulation format) and
the resulting transmission time of a "long" packet won't be negligible (for example, it
takes 250 ms to transmit 1250 bytes at 40 Mbit/s).
Packet fragmentation is based on an enhancement of a multi-queue scheduler. A
number N (equal to 8) of queues are present.
The queues are subdivided into two subsets:
 the first subset is composed of the queues set as Strict Priority in the Scheduler
("B-type" in the following); they are filled with packets that can issue a "pause" to
other packets of lower priority;
 the second subset is composed of the remaining queues ("W-type" in the following);
these queues are filled with packets, that can't issue a pause to other packets and
are preferably managed in a weighted fair queuing fashion.
One of the two subsets can be empty: in this case the scheduler can easily be regarded
as a fixed priority or weighted fair queuing scheduler.
Figure 56 depicts an example of the fragmentation behavior.

Figure 56

Example of scheduling (1/2)

At time T0 a packet D of relatively low priority (let's suppose priority 4, the lowest in our
example) is available, then other packets become available: at time T1 a packet C of
priority 5, at time T2 a packet B of priority 6, and at time T3 a packet A of priority 7 (the
highest). In usual fixed priority scheduler the behavior can be described by the central
sketch (without fragmentation). The packet with lower priority D effectively delays higher

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

83

Features

Product Description

priority packets because of its length in the unlucky (but not uncommon) case that it has
already started when the higher priority packet is available. The highest priority packet
A (the red one) is the next scheduled but must wait for the completion of the long yellow
packet D that is keeping the channel busy (the interval time T4 - T3 is the wasted time
while in queue). The behavior could be slightly different if the packet C were placed in a
"W-type" queue (see Figure 57): the C packet can't issue a pause and must wait for the
completion of D packet. The highest priority packet A can be transmitted without delay
as before.

Figure 57

Example of scheduling (2/2)

A dedicated overhead is added to each of the packets or the packet-fragments in order


to manage the packet reconstruction at the receiver.
The operation of reassembling is carried on using a number of different queues in the
receiver side. When the overhead information notifies that a packet has been completely
reconstructed it can be forwarded without further elaboration. Please note that overhead
information is quite short: in fact due to the real-time nature of high priority traffic flow in
most cases it is quite useless retransmit possible lost fragments (i.e. no specific info in
the overhead is needed for retransmission purposes).

84

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

4.10 Modulation driven service add/drop (formerly known as


E1/T1 priorization)
In some circumstances it is preferable to completely filter out some services instead of
having all the services which do not work on a regular basis.
For example when the modulation scheme becomes less efficient due to severe
propagation conditions, it could be impossible to guarantee an acceptable QoS to all
the CESoP services (for example), unless some of them are removed. This is due to the
fact that having all CESoP packets equal priority, discarding is done on random based
affect- ing all services of this class of service. E1/T1 circuits allowed to pass are not
affected by the change in the physical profile (provided that enough bandwidth is
available in the new modulation scheme), while the others are interrupted/filtered.
Please note that under normal conditions, i.e. when the radio resources are sufficient to
transport all the services, the blocked CESoP flows have the same priority of the ones
which are not blocked.
In order to achieve this goal, it is necessary to configure the profile scheme, selected by
the ACM engine, which is capable of filtering Ethernet packets according to some
specified criteria when the profile scheme is below a configurable threshold.
The services can be filtered according to the following criteria:
 VID only
 PCP (Priority Code Point) only
 A combination of VID and PCP

4.10.1

Filtering criteria
The services can be filtered according to the following criteria:
 VID only
 PCP (Priority Code Point) only
 A combination of VID and PCP

4.10.2

Configuration parameters
The following parameters have to be configured:
 First Capacity Threshold for service filtering: sets the radio link capacity below
which the selected services are filtered; moreover it allows to enable/disable the
functionality. Range: unsigned integer [kbit/s], min = 0, max = 1000000, step
100; Default: 0, which corresponds to disable the filtering. In the LCT the value 0
shall be labeled as "0 - disabled".
 Second Capacity Threshold for service filtering: sets the radio link capacity
below which the selected services are filtered; moreover it allows to enable/disable
the functionality of the second threshold. Range: unsigned integer [kbit/s], min =
0, max = 1000000, step 100; Default: 0, which corresponds to disable the filtering.
In the LCT the value 0 shall be labeled as "0 - disabled".
The second threshold must always be lower than the first one.
 Service selection mode: allows choosing the modality to select the services to be
filtered. Range: [VID only, PCP only, VID and PCP]; Default: VID only. If this
object is changed, the configurations of services to be filtered are cancelled.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

85

Features

Product Description

In system types with more than one ODU (e.g. 2+0 XPIC), the correctness and
congruence of the settings are up to the user.

4.10.3

Handling of the Ethernet packets


The Packet filter functional block for each Ethernet packet received:
 checks the VID and the PCP fields against the selection criteria
 IF (the packet does not meet the selection criteria) OR (the current radio link
capacity is greater than or equal to the First Capacity Threshold) OR (the current
radio link capacity is greater than or equal to the Second Capacity Threshold AND
the packet belongs to a service to be filtered only if the current capacity is lower than
the First Capacity Threshold)
 the packet is written in the transmission buffer.
 ELSE
 the packet is discarded
The current radio link capacity is the minimum between the physical capacity of the radio
link and the licensed capacity (remembering that in N+0 system types the licensed
capacity is N times the licensed capacity of the AM ODU).
In any case what is discarded or written into the transmission packet buffer is always a
complete Ethernet frame, i.e. a change in the current radio link capacity does not
interrupt the writing of a packet into the buffer.
At the activation of the filtering, due to the status of the transmission buffers, a short
transient during which packets to be discarded are transmitted is allowed.
The filtering packets on the base of the available radio capacity can be affected, in 2+0
system types, by the energy saving feature. In fact, if an ODU is squelched, the
corresponding available capacity will be 0 and a packet will be discarded even if it
could be transmitted by removing the squelch command from the ODU. Packet filtering
on the base of the current available radio capacity is performed on the basis of the actual
radio capacity, do not taking into account the reasons of the squelch.

4.11 2+0 Load balancing


The Load Balancing feature operates on redundant radio links and allows to:
 Maximize the throughput
 Optimize the resource utilization
The Load Balancing feature allows to double the net throughput over redundant radio
links.
Load Balancing feature is available with two system types:
 2+0 Frequency Diversity (2+0 FD)
 Normal conditions
 Total Net Throughput = (Net Throughput link 1) + (Net Throughput link 2)
 Protection
 Hardware Failure
 Fading
 2+0 Cross-Polarization (2+0 XPIC)
 Normal conditions

86

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

 Total Net Throughput = (Net Throughput link 1) + (Net Throughput link 2)
 Frequency Optimization
 Protection
 Hardware Failure
 Polarized interference
The Load Balancing feature makes the Harmony Radio unique in the market for the following characteristics:
Independency of the Indoor Units (IDUs)
 No hardware/software upgrade in IDUs for supporting the feature
 The processing associated to the feature is completely handled by the Harmony
Radio in an automatic manner (single pipe between the IDUs)
 The IDU only implements a single LPG
Independency of the single radio link from each other
 The two radio links are completely independent in terms of modulation.
Efficient proprietary protocol
 The load balancing of traffic among the two radio links is managed by a
proprietary protocol, which allows for a complete usage of link net throughput (no
inefficiency due to overhead as for LACP in LAG, no hashing mechanisms
involved)
According to the type of license (which fixes the maximum capacity to be transmitted by
the Harmony Radio) and the available capacity over air (depending on the channel
bandwidth and the modulation scheme) two different traffic protection modes:
 2+0 maximum throughput
 In normal conditions each ODU transmits half of the payload of a 2+0 link
 In case of failure, the second ODU is configured (bandwidth) to be able in to
preserve the total payload of the 2+0 link
 2+0 minimum bandwidth
 In normal conditions each ODU transmits half of the payload of the 2+0 link
 In case of failure of one ODU, the second ODU is configured (bandwidth) to
preserve half of the total payload of the 2+0 link

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

87

Features

Product Description

4.11.1

2+0 maximum throughput examples


Example 1

Figure 58

2+0 maximum throughput example 1

Both ODUs have a 100 Mps license and are set to ACM between min 16 QAM and max
256 QAM. In normal condition each ODU transmits 100 Mbs with 256 QAM (200 Mps in
total).
In case of failure of one ODU, the other ODU, working again with the 256 QAM,
increases the total amount of throughput up to 200 Mbps. The link is not affected.
Example 2

Figure 59

2+0 maximum throughput example 2

In case of ACM switching on Secondary ODU, Main ODU takes the part of the traffic that
is not transmitted on the Slave ODU (increasing modulation level).
Total amount of transmitted traffic is not affected and the behavior is hitless.

88

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

4.11.2

Features

2+0 minimum bandwidth examples


Example 1

Figure 60

2+0 minimum bandwidth example 1

In normal conditions both ODU transmit at 256 QAM.


In case of failure, half of the payload is saved on one ODU. The ODU QoS algorithm
preserves the high priority traffic.
Example 2

Figure 61

2+0 minimum bandwidth example 2

In case of ACM switching on Secondary ODU, Main ODU and Secondary ODU save the
payload according to QoS.
Total amount of transmitted traffic is reduced (depending on minimum modulation level
set for ACM) and the behavior is hitless for high priority traffic.

4.11.3

Comparison of the two modes


 2+0 maximum throughput
 Lower minimum modulation (e.g. 16QAM) allowing higher system gain

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

89

Features

Product Description

 Load sharing mechanism is able to save all the 2+0 traffic on the link
 Acts as 1+1 system => also called 1+1 XPIC
 2+0 minimum bandwidth
 Half bandwidth used (e.g. 14 MHz instead of 28 MHz)
 Load sharing mechanism is able to save part of the 2+0 traffic on the link

4.11.4

Comparison with the HSBY system type


Both 2+0 modes, thanks to the possibility to directly integrate the two ODUs on one Dual
Pol. Antenna, does not introduce HSBY (balanced/unbalanced) losses, and provide
protection to fading (with load sharing) and HW failures.

4.12 2+0 FD with the optional Energy Saving mode


The total power consumption of the ODU can be reduced by squelching the transmitter.
In 2+0 FD system types, the payload bytes to be transmitted over the radio hop are
divided between the two ODUs. If the payload undergoes some periodic reductions (e.g.
during the night), a periodic squelch of one of the two transmitters can be scheduled in
order to save some consumption without causing payload to be partially dropped.
This feature requires a specific license to be enabled.
The two ODUs are independent NEs, thus each NE will have its own SW parameters
relevant to this feature but they will be effective only for the Acting Master ODU (i.e. it
will always be the AM ODU transmitter to be squelched for energy saving purpose). This
temporary and periodic squelch will be applied only if failures affecting the radio
propagation are active neither in the local ODU couple nor in the remote ODU couple.
Transmitter will be automatically un-squelched for a configurable time amount if some
payload is dropped due to lack of available bandwidth; this can be caused by a traffic
burst or also by some fading on the radio link. This last action isn't hitless for what
concerns payload because some packets have to be dropped to detect the condition.

4.12.1

Configuration parameters
The following parameters have to be configured:
 Squelch for Energy Saving enable - parameter to enable/disable the periodic
squelch. Default value is "disabled".
 Energy Saving Start Time - parameter stating the start time of the energy saving
mode. It will be in the format hh:mm and the default value will be 00:00.
 Energy Saving End Time - parameter stating the end time of the energy saving
mode. It will be in the format hh:mm and the default value will be 00:00.
 Temporary Tx ON Interval - time interval the transmitter stays on after it has been
automatically re-enabled as consequence of dropped payload. It will be in the format
of min:sec, the default value will be 03:00 with minimum value equal to 00:30,
maximum value equal to 15:00 and steps of 15 seconds.
 Squelch due to Energy Saving status - measure stating if the transmitter has been
squelched according to Energy Saving feature.

90

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

4.12.2

Features

Behavior description
The configurations are effective only on the AM ODU, but both the ODUs must be configured in the same way because the both of them can alternatively become the AM one.
If the feature is enabled and the ODU is behaving as AM, the transmitter is squelched
only:
 during the allowed time interval and
 if there isn't any failure, either in the local ODU couple or in the remote ODU couple,
affecting the radio communication between the two stations.
The allowed time interval depends on the configured values of Energy Saving Start
Time (referred to as ST in the following for the sake of brevity) and Energy Saving End
Time (referred to as ET in the following for the sake of brevity):
 if ET = ST then there isn't any allowed time interval, i.e. ODU P will never squelch
the transmitter;
 if ET > ST then ODU P will squelch the transmitter starting from ST till ET;
 if ET < ST then ODU P will squelch the transmitter starting from ST till ET of the
day after.
During the allowed time interval, this squelching condition is taken as an additional root
to the general squelch procedure.
While the transmitter is squelched for energy saving purpose, the equipment keeps
under control the "out discarded" counter of the Radio port: if it changes value the
squelch is removed. Once removed the squelch root according to the previous condition, equipment won't activate the squelch root for the configured Temporary Tx ON
Interval value, then it will be allowed to activate it, if the conditions are met.

4.13 2x(1+0)/3x(1+0) Different Direction in Chain Topology


The Different Direction (DD) system type is characterized by the capability to switch
data-plane traffic among Gigabit Ethernet, Radio and ODU-ODU ports, allowing ODU to
manage different radio directions. This DD system type can be used for handling two
topologies, with two or three different radio directions.
Figure 62 on page 92 shows the case where one direction is towards a remote BTS site
and the other one is towards the radio access core network part; the ODU is capable to
switch traffic between the core network and the remote/local BTS sites. The ODU
connected to the IDU is configured as "Different Direction-Trunk role" while the other one
is configured as "Different Direction-Chain role".
Figure 63 on page 92 shows the case with three different directions: again the ODU
connected to the IDU is configured as "Different Direction-Trunk role"; the ODU
connected to the Trunk one is configured as "Different Direction-Chain role", as in the
previous case; note that the ODU managing the additional third radio direction is
configured in
1+0 system type.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

91

Features

Product Description

Figure 62

Different Directions - Two radio directions

Figure 63

Different Directions - Three radio directions

It is worth to point out that this system type is designed to work in a tree topology only,
therefore, it must not be used in ring or mesh topologies completely handled by the
ODUs.

t
4.13.1

Please do NOT disable MAC address learning in 2x(1+0)/3x(1+0) DD system type.

ODU Roles
The Different Directions (DD) system type has three different system ODU roles,
corresponding to three different values of a system configuration:

92

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

 Trunk role: this is the role of the ODU connected to the local IDU
 Chain role: this is the role of the ODU not connected to the local IDU and connected
to the Trunk ODU via the ODU-ODU interface; this ODU may or may not be
connected to an additional ODU by means of the Gigabit Ethernet interface in case
of respectively two or three different radio directions topologies.
 Leaf role: this is the role of the ODU connected to the Chain ODU via GbE interface.
An additional configuration associated to the ODU Chain only is related to the number
of radio directions in the topology:
 Two radio directions: the ODU Chain is configured according to this option in case
of two different radio directions topology (no additional ODUs are connected to the
Chain ODU on the Gigabit Ethernet interface)
 Three radio directions: the ODU Chain is configured according to this option in
case of three different radio directions topology (an additional ODU is connected to
the ODU Chain on the Gigabit Ethernet interface).
Trunk, Chain and Leaf ODUs are internally configured as Acting-Master; the main
differences between Trunk and Chain ODUs are:
 Chain ODU masks the GbE link loss alarm when two radio directions are selected
 On the Chain ODU the E-CCM session is not available
Leaf ODU basically behaves as a 1+0 system type (without E-CCM session).
The correct topology configuration foresees that the Trunk ODU manages the radio
direction towards the core part of the network, while the Chain ODU and the Leaf ODU
are used to manage the radio directions towards the access part of the network (as
depicted in Figure 62 on page 92 and Figure 63 on page 92). This specific configuration
implies that the traffic associated to the local site passes through one single ODU
(Trunk): in case of failure of the Chain ODU the local traffic is preserved. This
configuration also implies that the local traffic does not contribute to the congestion
phenomenon on the ODU-ODU connection.
With regards to the power supply configuration for the DD system type is important to
take care of the following considerations:
 The Trunk ODU can be powered in different ways: via direct powering; via Powerover-Ethernet (P+E), either by the IDU or by a Power Injector
 The Chain ODU must be powered via Direct Power in case of three directions,
whereas a Power Injector can be used in case of two directions (of course the power
connector can be used as well)
 The Leaf ODU for the third radio direction must be always powered via Direct Power.

4.13.2

Configuration parameters
The following parameters have to be configured for each ODU:
 ODU Role: Trunk/Chain (default: Trunk)
 Additional Radio Direction (on Chain role only): True/False (default: False), i.e.
two directions only.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

93

Features

Product Description

4.13.3

Switching
When DD system type is configured the Harmony Radio behaves like a layer 2 VLAN
switch performing the standard forwarding/switching capabilities.
The switching capabilities are performed by the switch equipped on the Harmony Radio.

4.13.3.1

Data-plane
The switch can be schematized as a layer 2 VLAN switch with three ports: external GbE,
radio and expansion.
The VLAN domains associated to each port have to be configured: it is possible to configure both single VLAN IDs and sets of consecutive VLAN IDs in the range of (51,
4094); the option to select all the VLAN IDs is also foreseen. Figure 64 on page 94
shows such an example where:
 Service 1 is instantiated over GbE and Radio ports only; the processing of an
incoming frame (VLAN filtering, forwarding, etc.) is performed according to the
above mentioned Ethernet standards
Service 2 is instantiated over Radio and Expansion ports only
Service 3 is instantiated over all three ports; the processing of an incoming frame
(VLAN filtering, forwarding, etc.) is performed according to the above mentioned
Ethernet standards; mind that differently from the previous one, in this case the
output port is selected based on the couple of [VLAN ID, MAC destination address].
The user can also select the 'No VLAN handling' option when no VLAN-based filtering
and forwarding are required. The untagged and priority tagged data-plane traffic can be
represented as a specific domain with no VLAN associated.

Figure 64

Data plane examples

Port
External GbE

Service 1, Service 3

Radio

Service 1, Service 2, Service 3

Table 13

94

VLAN ID

Services VLAN ID configuration example

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

Port
Expansion
Table 13

VLAN ID
Service 2, Service 3
Services VLAN ID configuration example (Cont.)

The switch is configured to enable the configured VLAN IDs on the associated interfaces. Untagged and priority tagged data-plane traffic is always considered as
instantiated over both the three interfaces: Radio, Gigabit Ethernet and Expansion.
By default no VLAN is associated to any of the three ports of the switch so that an explicit
configuration is needed in order to transport the data plane.
The equipment verifies that each data-plane VLAN domain is enabled at least on two
ports.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

95

Features

Product Description

4.14 Header compression


New packet networks are going towards very high bit rates, e.g. 1 Gbit/s and above,
whereas the capacity over the Harmony Radio is limited to few hundreds Mbit/s. In many
services and applications, payload of the packets is almost of the same size or even
smaller than the overall header (i.e. including the overhead header of the different
network layers). Over the end-to-end connection, comprised of multiple hops, these
protocol headers are extremely important but over just one link (hop-to-hop) these
headers serve no useful purpose. It is possible to compress those headers, providing in
many cases significant savings, and thus save the bandwidth and use the radio resource
efficiently.
Header compression also provides other important benefits, such as reduction in packet
loss and improved interactive response time.

4.14.1

Header compression process


The excess protocol headers are compressed before transmitting them on the radio link.
On reception at the other end of the radio they are uncompressed to their original state.

4.14.2

Overhead compression mechanism


The Ethernet header compression mechanism is based on compression rule descriptor
tables. Copies of compression rule tables are stored in both sender and receiver of
packets.
The tables include a label that corresponds to several header bytes stored in a look up
table of Harmony Radio. The label is transmitted on radio frame in place of those bytes,
that will be added to the packet at receiver side based on the classification of label
accompanying the packet.
Up to 128 bytes can be removed from the packet that are substituted with a label of 6
bytes.

Figure 65

96

Overhead compression mechanism

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

4.14.3

Features

Overhead compression benefits


The Header Compression feature allows to improve the net throughput over the radio
link.
The efficiency depends on the number of compressed bytes and on the ratio
header/payload of the compressed flow.
The average improvement in traffic throughput is in the 20-30% range.
Pseudowire samples:
 The needed bandwidth to transport e.g. 1xE1 with CESoP with Overhead
compression decreases from 2.4 to 2 Mbps.
 The needed bandwidth to transport e.g. 1xT1 with CESoP with Overhead
compression decreases from 1.9 to 1.6 Mbps.

4.15 Congestion Avoidance (Color Aware Active Queue


Management)
The Congestion avoidance techniques monitor the network traffic loads in an effort to
anticipate and avoid congestion at common network bottlenecks. Congestion avoidance
is achieved through packet dropping. The most commonly used congestion avoidance
mechanism is the Random Early Detection (RED).
Harmony Radio QoS includes a proprietary implementation of RED that, when
configured, controls how the ODU drops packets. If RED is disabled, Harmony Radio
uses the cruder default packet drop mechanism called tail drop.
Given that TCP constitutes the most heavily used network transport protocol, RED takes
advantage of the congestion control mechanism of TCP.
By randomly dropping packets prior to periods of high congestion, RED tells the packet
source to decrease its transmission rate. The TCP source will decrease its transmission
rate until all the packets reach their destination, indicating that the congestion is cleared.
RED can be used as a way to cause TCP to slow down the transmission of the packets.
TCP not only pauses, but it also restarts quickly and adapts its transmission rate to the
rate that the network can support.
The packet drop probability is based on the following parameters:
 minimum threshold
 maximum threshold
 mark probability
When the average queue depth is above the minimum threshold, RED starts dropping
packets. The rate of packet drop increases linearly, as the average queue size increases
until the average queue size reaches the maximum threshold.
The mark probability is the fraction of packets dropped, when the average queue depth
is at the maximum threshold. For example, if the mark probability is 1/512, one out of
every 512 packets is dropped, when the average queue size is at the maximum threshold.
When the average queue size is above the maximum threshold, all packets are
dropped. Figure 66 on page 99 summarizes the packet drop probability.
The mark probability is referred to a predefined (average) packet size for each one of
the two possible values of MTU present in the Harmony Radio. Then, in case the real

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

97

Features

Product Description

packet length is greater than the predefined packet size, the discarding probability is
increased by the ratio between the packet sizes ("real packet size/average packet size);
on the contrary in case the real packet length is less than the predefined packet size,
the discarding probability will be decreased by the same ratio.
The predefined packet size is 1024 Byte, when the ODU MTU size is 2 Kbyte (Jumbo
frames disabled) and 4096 Bytes, when the MTU is 10 Kbyte (Jumbo frames enabled).
In Table 14 the dropping probability for packet length equal to the MTU size and
minimum packet size (64 byte) are reported, with a given mark probability.
MTU
[Bytes]

Predefined
Packet size
(avg) [Bytes]

2000

1024

mark probability*1.95
(mark probability*2000/1024)

mark probability*0.06
(mark probability*64/1024)

10000

4096

mark probability*2.44
(mark probability*10000/4096)

mark probability*0.01
(mark probability*64/4096)

Table 14

Discard
Probability@MTU
(Max packet size)

Discard
Probability@64 byte
(min packet size)

Actual discarding probability

The RED algorithm itself consists of two main parts:


 estimation of the average queue size (paragraph 4.15.1 on page 98)
 drop decision of an incoming packet (paragraph 4.15.2 on page 98)

4.15.1

Estimation of average queue size


RED estimates the average queue size using the following formula:
AVGN = (1-Wq) * AVGN-1 + Wq * q
Where:
 Wq is a parameter that can vary between 0.001 and 0.009 (default value: 0.002).
Wq represents the time constant for the averaging of the queue size estimation
(small values give slower response and allow the transmission of burst without
packet discarding).
 q is the current queue size
The queue size is measured in units of bytes.

4.15.2

Drop decision of an incoming packet


In the second part of the algorithm, RED decides whether or not to drop an incoming
packet.
A packet marked is actually discarded before entering the other processing blocks, i.e.
it is dropped immediately after the classification.
Two RED parameters, min_th (minimum threshold) and max_th (maximum threshold),
figure prominently in this decision process. Min_th specifies the average queue size
below which no packets will be dropped, while max_th specifies the average queue size
above which all packets will be dropped. As the average queue size varies from min_th
to max_th, packets will be dropped with a probability that varies linearly from 0 to
max_p.

98

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

Figure 66

RED packet drop probability

Figure 67

Random Early Detection Algorithm

The implementation of RED combines the capabilities of the RED algorithm with
classification in order to provide preferential traffic handling of higher priority packets.
The RED can selectively discard lower priority traffic, when the interface begins to get
congested and provide differentiated performance characteristics for different classes of
service by setting different RED parameters for the different queues.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

99

Features

Product Description

Figure 68

RED packet drop probability

Priority
queue

Enable
Value

min_th
(16Kbyte)

max_th
(16Kbyte)

max_p (%)

Default Value2) Default

Value2)

Default Value1) Default

Y/N

16-128

16

16-128

48

0-12.5

12.5

Y/N

16-128

16

16-128

48

0-12.5

12.5

Y/N

16-128

16

16-128

48

0-12.5

12.5

Y/N

16-128

16

16-128

48

0-12.5

12.5

Y/N

16-128

16

16-128

48

0-12.5

12.5

Y/N

16-128

16

16-128

48

0-12.5

12.5

Y/N

16-128

16

16-128

48

0-12.5

12.5

Y/N

16-128

16

16-128

48

0-12.5

12.5

Table 15

RED parameters

Note:
Only the following 7 values are allowed:12.5| 6.25| 3.125| 1.5625| 0.78125|
0.390625| 0.1953125
Only the following 8 values are allowed:
16| 32| 48| 64| 80| 96| 112| 128, with min_th=max_th. If they are equal, the effective
buffer size is reduced accordingly.

100

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

4.15.3

Features

Color aware functioning


When one of the priority queues exceeds the min_th (minimum threshold) parameter of
the RED algorithm, the packet marked by IDU as exceeding guaranteed rate (yellow
packets) belonging to that priority queue will be dropped with linearly increasing
probability. The packets marked by IDU as not exceeding guaranteed rate (green
packets) will be queued until enough space is available in the queue buffer than, if
further "green" packets will arrive, will be discarded as for Tail Drop.
Yellow packet can be filtered according to the following IDU marking criteria:
 DEI (Discard Eligibility Indicator) bit only
 PCP (Priority Code Point) bits only
 DEI&PCP bits (both criteria are active at the same time)
Whilst the settings of min_th, max_th and max_p can be different for each queue, the
filtering rule configuration is common to all queues.
At any time the user can configure, enable, and disable the functionality of color aware
filtering. It is also possible to retrieve the current configuration, even when the filtering is
disabled. All the configurations are stored in a permanent storage device.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

101

Features

Product Description

4.16 Performance monitoring


Performance monitoring supports the monitoring parameters and provides the report
measures for each performance item or measurement point.
Two types of counters are available: interval and continuous counters.
Interval counters provide report measures within a fixed period (15 minutes and/or 24
hours), and logging the cited network elements intervals into a non-volatile memory for
retrieval (i.e. 16 intervals with 15 minutes granularity and 4 intervals in 24 hours).
The network element associates a time stamp with the data in each past interval
counter. This time stamp shall identify the time at the end of the collection interval. If
events - such as failures, testing routines, or reconfigurations of an interface - occur, a
"suspect" flag shall be appended to the collected data intervals.
The performed interval counters are stored in an XML file.
Continuous counters are incremental counters of events, which are restarted after an
explicit operator's command, after a node reboot or when a counter reaches its
maximum value, and therefore it is wrapped around (i.e. restarts at 1).

4.16.1

Measurement points
All the measurements are divided into 2 classes (see Figure 69):
 Radio port (RSPI) for received and transmitted power level measurements
 Ethernet measurements

Figure 69

4.16.2

Major measurement points

Radio Synchronous Physical Interface (RSPI) Parameters


The RSPI parameters apply to each radio channel and they are calculated on each radio
transceiver. Reference standards are ITU-R F.750-4 and ETSI-EN 301 129 V.1.1.2.
Note that standards only address SDH radio systems and are exclusively extended
here; the extension is insignificant since these parameters are only related to radio
performance and do not take into account any specific SDH feature.
Power measurements are:
 RL: Received Level is the received power measured by each Receiver.
 TL: Transmitted Level, is the transmitted power measured by each active Transmitter.
These parameters are instantaneous measurements and not performance parameters
since they are not collected in any time window. They are visible in real time in the

102

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

Element Manager System. Updating period of the measures is equal to 1 s and


measurements are performed with 1 dB resolution (integer values).

4.16.2.1

Received Power parameters


Parameters related to the received power are:
 RLTM: Received Level Tide Mark, provides both the minimum and the maximum
value of the received power, for both time intervals (15 minutes and 24 hours).
 RLTS-i, (1 i  4): Received Level Threshold Seconds, the operator can define 4
different thresholds on the received power; RLTS-1 counts the number of the
seconds during which the received power is below the first threshold level; the same
for RLTS-2, RLTS-3 and RLTS-4 for the other thresholds. Each counter is
automatically reset whenever the operator changes the corresponding threshold
value; if the measure is not complete within a time interval (15 minutes or 24 hours)
the time interval will be marked as suspect interval.
The scope of this measurement is to verify if the received signal level was under a given
threshold value during the reference time interval.
Time resolution for this measure is 1 s.

4.16.2.2

Transmitted Power parameters


Required parameters related to the transmitted power are:
 TLTM: Transmitted Level Tide Mark, provides both the minimum and the maximum
value of the transmitted power, for both time intervals (15 minutes and 24 hours).
 TLTS-i, (1 i  2):Transmitted Level Threshold Seconds. The operator can define 2
different thresholds on the transmitted power; TLTS-1 counts the number of the
seconds during which the transmitted power is higher than the first threshold; idem
TLTS-2 for the second threshold. These 2 counters are automatically reset when the
operator changes threshold values; each time interval (15 minutes or 24 hours) of
the not completed measure will be marked as suspect interval.
For more details about TLTM and TLTS see ITU-R F.750-4 and ETSI-EN 301 129
V.1.1.2.

4.16.2.3

ACM performances
The number of seconds spent in each ACM profile is available in each measurement
interval.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

103

Features

Product Description

4.16.3

Ethernet counters
Ethernet Switch provides a list of counters for each port. The listed counters are
designed to support RFC 2819, RFC 2665, RFC 2233 and RFC 1493.
Counter

Description

InGoodOctets

Sum of the lengths of all good Ethernet frames received,


i.e., frames that are not bad frames (64 bits counter)

InBadOctets

Sum of the lengths of all bad Ethernet frames received

InUnicast

Number of good frames having a Unicast destination


MAC address

InBroadcasts

Number of good frames having a Broadcast destination


MAC address

InMulticasts

Number of good frames having a Multicast destination


MAC address

Table 16

Ingress counters

Counter

Description

OutOctets

Sum of lengths of all good Ethernet frames sent from this


MAC

OutUnicast

Number of frames sent that have a Unicast destination


MAC address

OutBroadcasts

Number of good frames sent that have a Broadcast


destination MAC address

OutMulticasts

Number of good frames sent that have a Multicast


destination MAC address

Table 17

Egress counters

Counters shown in Table 18 are available for network performance.


Counter
InDiscards

Number of good, non-filtered frames that normally would


have been forwarded, but could not be due to lack of
buffer space

InErrored

Number of erroneous frames

Table 18

104

Description

Policy based counters

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

4.16.4

t
Measurement

Features

Ethernet throughput monitoring


This feature is available only if the Advanced Monitoring license has been installed.

Measurement Unit

Description

Rx Average Capacity

bit/s

average received capacity during the time interval

Rx Peak Capacity

bit/s

peak received capacity during the time interval

Rx Capacity Hits

seconds

number of seconds where the received capacity has overcome


a configurable threshold during the time interval

Table 19

Radio Rx side Ethernet throughput

Measurement

Measurement Unit

Description

Tx Average Capacity

bit/s

average transmitted capacity during the time interval

Tx Peak Capacity

bit/s

peak transmitted capacity during the time interval

Percentage of Tx Peak
Capacity

percentage of peak transmitted capacity referred to the total


available capacity during the time interval

Percentage of Tx
Average Capacity

percentage of average transmitted capacity referred to the


total available capacity during the time interval

Tx Capacity Hits

seconds

number of seconds where the transmitted capacity has


overcome a configurable threshold during the time interval

Table 20

Radio Tx side Ethernet throughput

4.17 PRx recording


The PRx recording is a feature which allows to storage in an XML file the received power
level (from the RSPI data).

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

105

Features

Product Description

4.18 Security
The security is supported on the management layer.
The Security package is on top of SW application and its activation requires the
download of a security upgrade SW pack and a security license.
The modularity concept of SW allows that Harmony Radio can be delivered w/o any
restriction, and, when security is required, the security SW and the security license are
installed on top of standard SW during installation/line-up/commissioning phase.
The authentication on Harmony Radio foresees personal user id and password, both
when it works w and w/o encryption.
When encryption is activated, also authentication is secure.
Harmony Radio is delivered w/o any security features and management layer is based
on the following protocols:
 http, FTP, SNMPv2, Telnet
 All protocols work w/o encryption
When the security license is installed, the Harmony Radio stops to work w/o encryption,
and this means also:
 https, SFTP, SNMPv3 encrypted, SSH take place of the above protocols
 Encryption protocol (AES128) is the same for all https, SFTP, SNMPv3, SSH (one
section for all for each user authenticated)
 SHA1 encryption authentication protocols is supported.

4.19 Fault monitoring


The Harmony Radio supports the active alarm list and the event list (both alarm on and
off conditions are recorded).

4.20 Symptom collection


The Harmony Radio provides the feature to download through the WebLCT the report
files useful for troubleshooting.
The list of the report files is:
 Inventory data











106

Event History Log


Performance Monitoring file
Last Backup file
Restore Log file
MAC DB
VLAN Table
IP Priority table
Address Priority table
EtherType Priority table
Header Compression configuration

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Features

4.21 Actual Radio capacity info towards IDUs 3rd party


The bandwidth available over the radio link can vary during time due to the different
phenomena affecting the microwave radio systems. For example, fading due to bad
weather conditions with ACM enabled or the failure of one outdoor unit in 2+0 system
type cause a net capacity variation which can be either static or dynamic.
The bandwidth information can be efficiently used by the indoor units for traffic
engineering purposes: the data-plane routing/forwarding tables updated with the most
recent net capacity information allow for improving the network performance in terms of
bandwidth usage and traffic losses.
Routing protocols already exchange this information and the support of this functionality
allows Harmony Radio to be well integrated inside the mobile backhauling networks with
Traffic Engineering capabilities (MPLS-TE).
This feature allows Harmony Radio to communicate the actual bandwidth available over
the air to generic indoor units connected to the Harmony Radio; more specifically, the
actual bandwidth available on both directions is communicated towards the indoor units
at the two sites of the radio link.
The communication channel between the Harmony Radio and the generic IDUs is
based on the Ethernet Service OAM framework; this mechanism is compatible with
Cisco routers/switches implementing the same functionality.

This feature is available under the "Advanced Monitoring" license in all the system types
available in SVR 2.7 with the exception of:
 2x(1+0) Different Directions
This feature is logically composed by two blocks:
 "Actual bandwidth computation algorithm" block paragraph 4.21.1 on page 107: it is
in charge to derive and process the information about the actual radio capacity available over the radio link
 "Communication protocol" block paragraph 4.21.2 on page 107: it is in charge to
communicate the information computed by the previous block to the IDUs.

4.21.1

Actual bandwidth computation block


The nominal and actual radio capacities are calculated by the ODU microprocessor
according to the ODU capacity and taking into account the capacity license installed. So:
 Nominal radio capacity: it is the max configured capacity, which depends on the
ODU setting and on the license.
Note: In case of load balancing system types, i.e. 2+0, the nominal capacity is the
nominal capacity of the Master ODU multiplied by 2, i.e. the two ODUs are supposed
to be configured in the same way.
 Actual radio capacity: it is the overall current capacity transmitted over the air.

4.21.2

Communication protocol
This block is managed by the ODU main microprocessor.
The protocol used to communicate to the indoor unit the actual radio capacity over the
link is the Vendor-Specific message of the Ethernet Service OAM framework; the
protocol is unidirectional and the VSM message only is used in the direction from the

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

107

Features

Product Description

Harmony Radio towards the IDUs; no incoming messages are expected and processed
by the Harmony Radio, i.e. they are silently discarded.
The messages are sent by the Harmony Radio according to the algorithm described in
the following.
At steady state, i.e. in absence of failure and fading conditions, the Service OAM
messages are not generated. When changes in the microwave link available bandwidth
are detected, the Harmony Radio immediately advertises the change using the OAM
message defined above and it sends periodically updates about the variations of the
available bandwidth periodically at the rate set during configuration. The message
indicates the nominal and the current available bandwidth of the radio link: values to be
communicated to the IDUs are calculated according to the algorithm described in the
section above. When the fading/failure conditions cease, the Harmony Radio sends a
final OAM message, where the current available bandwidth field is equal to the nominal
value; this condition signals the end of the fading/failure event and the Harmony Radio
stops the transmission of OAM messages for that event.
In case of system types 1+0, 1+1 HSBy-1C and 2+0 XPIC-1C the messages are sent
by the Harmony Radio on the unique cable connecting the Harmony Radios and the
IDUs.
In case of system types 1+1 HSBy-2C, 1+1 FD-2C, 1+1 SD-2C, 2+0 XPIC-2C and 2+0
FD-2C the messages are transmitted over the cable connected to the Acting Master /
Active Harmony Radio.

4.21 Warning on TX adaptive modulation


When ACM is enabled, user can configure a modulation threshold, when the current
TX modulation is below the modulation threshold, an alarm with warning severity will
be raised.
In the system types with more than one ODU, each ODU has its threshold and
notification.

4.21 Warning on RSL low


Users can configure an RSL low threshold in dBm, when RSL is below the threshold,
an alarm with warning severity will be raised.
In the system types with more than one ODU, each ODU has its threshold and
notification.

4.21 Warning on high packet loss rate


Number of packets received from radio will be calculated, corrupted packets due to
link quality degradation will be dropped. The packet loss rate will be calculated, users
can configure a packet loss rate high threshold, when the packet loss rate is over this
threshold, an alarm with warning severity will be raised.
In the system types with more than one ODU, each ODU has its own threshold
configuration, users are required to configure the same threshold value to different
ODUs in the system type, while alarm will only be raised in the acting master ODU.

108

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Applications

5 Applications
Harmony Radio is a complete solution for backhauling in the wireless mobile networks.
The innovative design, with GbE standard interface, opens the way to real cost
optimization in the backhaul network.
Harmony Radio may be used in stand-alone configuration (i.e. without dedicated indoor
units), which is especially useful in tail sites enabling direct interconnection to Base
Stations. In 3G sites with Ethernet NodeBs, the Harmony Radio can be connected
directly to the Ethernet interface of NodeB.
Figure 70 shows a typical application.

Figure 70

Typical application

The overall network CAPEX is minimized, thanks to the fully outdoor solution in the cell
site and the compact node solution in hub sites. In hub site, a real pay-as-you-grow
solution is guaranteed by the flexible architecture of the Harmony Microwave, both in
terms of number of outdoor units and of indoor unit line cards.
Moreover the scalability of the radio allows to use the same platform in the whole
network, with clear saving in terms of both investment and operations.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

109

Harmony Radio Management

Product Description

6 Harmony Radio Management


6.1 General information
Harmony Radio is "In-band" managed via an LCT and/or via NetViewer Element
Manager. "In-band management" means that all the Ethernet frames, regarding the
management functions, are sent on the Ethernet interface used also for the traffic. The
management Ethernet frames are identified by a configurable VLAN Id.

6.2 IP Address
Harmony Radio has two IP addresses.
IP

Reference Scenario

IPpublic

Used for remote or local management operations

IPdefault

Used to access the ODU locally without knowing the IPpublic. It is a


fixed address.

Table 21

IP addressing scheme

In addition, two different MAC addresses are assigned.


MAC

Application Scenario

Harmony Radio_UNIQUE_MAC

Used within management domain

Harmony Radio_GLOBAL_MAC

Used for local maintenance operations outside


of management domain.
Maintenance traffic is defined to the local
Ethernet link only

Table 22

MAC address scheme

The pair (IPpublic, Harmony Radio_UNIQUE_MAC) is used to identify management


traffic to/from the Harmony Radio within the management domain when operating as a
stand-alone device.
The pair (IPdefault, Harmony Radio_GLOBAL_MAC) is used to identify maintenance
traffic outside the management domain. Management traffic is related to local
commissioning/maintenance operations.
Default IP and MAC addresses allow local connectivity without any knowledge about the
public IP address of the appliance.
Default addresses are hard-wired within each Harmony Radio as indicated in the
following:
Parameter
IPdefault
Table 23

110

Value
192.168.255.3 /24

Harmony Radio default addresses

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio Management

Parameter

Value

Harmony Radio_GLOBAL_MAC
Table 23

00-90-AE-C7-04-C9

Harmony Radio default addresses (Cont.)

Management traffic received/sent with IPdefault address are VLAN untagged.

6.3 DHCP Client


Harmony Radio supports a DHCP client in order to automatically retrieve IPpublic,
subnet mask and default gateway parameter settings. DHCP client can be enabled / disabled; DHCP client is default-set to enabled.
It is assumed that only one DHCP server is present in the LAN, so that the response to
the broadcast DHCP discovery is unique.
With DHCP client disabled, the IP address (Admin user), subnet mask and default
gateway can be manually configured.
Conf param

Note

DHCP enabling

Default = enabled

IPpublic address

Default = 0.0.0.0

Subnet mask

Default = 255.255.255.0

Default gateway

Default = 0.0.0.0

Table 24

Available parameters for DHCP

6.4 Double Gateway


in order to improve the resilience against connectivity and/or hardware faults, a second
gateway is foreseen (read-write, IP address, default 0, 0, 0), which is used in place of
the Default gateway when the latter is not reachable.
Moreover the second gateway is used only if the DHCP client is not active, i.e. if the IP
configuration in use is the one manually set.

6.5 Bridge mode operation


Two Harmony Radios placed in the two radio stations of a radio hop must have two IP
addresses belonging to the same subnet.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

111

Mechanical structure and interface

Product Description

7 Mechanical structure and interface


7.1 Harmony Radio mechanical structure and interface
7.1.1

Harmony Radio layout


Figure 71 shows the 6-42 GHz Harmony Radio.
Figure 72 shows the 3.5 GHz Harmony Radio.

112

Figure 71

Harmony Radio (6 - 42 GHz)

Figure 72

Harmony Radio (3.5 GHz)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

7.1.2

Mechanical structure and interface

Dimensions
Height
237.8 mm
Table 25

7.1.3

Width

Depth

237.8 mm

168.46 mm

Weight
5 kg

Harmony Radio dimensions without antenna

Harmony Radio flanges


Frequency bands

Flange

3.5 GHz

Coaxial N-connector

6 GHz

UER 70

7 GHz

UDR 84

8 GHz

UDR 84

10-11 GHz

UDR 100

13 GHz

UBR 120

15 GHz

UBR 140

18 GHz

UBR 220

23 GHz

UBR 220

26 GHz

UBR 220

28 GHz

UBR 320

32 GHz

UBR 320

38 GHz

UBR 320

42 GHz

UBR 400

Table 26

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Harmony Radio Flanges

113

Mechanical structure and interface

114

Product Description

Figure 73

Harmony Radio RF flange view

Figure 74

Harmony Radio RF flange view (3.5 GHz)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

7.1.4

Mechanical structure and interface

Antenna interface
Harmony Radio is compatible with the XD antennas.
For the compatibility with the FlexiHopper antennas a special adapter (to be installed on
the Harmony Radio) is available.

Figure 75

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Adapter for FlexiHopper antenna

115

Mechanical structure and interface

7.1.5

Harmony Radio external connections

Figure 76

Harmony Radio connector side view

Interface to Ethernet cable

Shielded Amphenol multipolar connector with 8


golden power pins.

Interface to PS (optional)

Shielded Amphenol multipolar connector with 2


golden power pins.

AGC monitor interface


(antenna alignment monitor)

Female BNC 50 ohm, IP65 waterproof connector.

ODU-ODU interface

Multicoaxial proprietary connector

Table 27

7.1.5.1

Product Description

Electrical interfaces

Ethernet connector
The Ethernet connector is used to connect an Indoor Device and the Harmony Radio.
The Ethernet connector supports the Power + Ethernet (P+E): its function is of carrying
both power and data over the same cable.
The data interface is a 10/100/1000Base-T (GbE), while power interface is based on
enhanced Power + Ethernet.
The Ethernet connector is shown in Figure 77 and described in Table 28. It is a shielded
Amphenol multipolar connector with 8 golden power pins. Each pin can accept at least
22 to 24 AWG wire diameter.

116

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Mechanical structure and interface

Figure 77

Ethernet connector

Pin #

Pair

1 (blue)

2 (orange)

3 (green)

1 (white/blue)

2 (white/orange)

4 (white/brown)

3 (white/green)

4 (brown)

Table 28

Ethernet connector pin function

Ethernet cable
The cable is a double shielded four twisted pairs Cat 5e cable. A 24-valued AWG (min.)
is necessary to minimize cable power loss. Cable materials are designed to meet
outdoor conditions. The cable shield shall be connected to the Harmony Radio
grounding point.

7.1.5.2

PS connector
This connector is used to power supply the Harmony Radio with a dedicated power
supply (-48 Vdc + 20%) cable. In this case the interconnection with an Indoor Device is
implemented with 2 cables.
The PS connector is shown in Figure 78 and described in Table 29. It is a shielded
Amphenol multipolar connector with 2 golden power pins. Each pin can accept at least
13 AWG wire diameter.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

117

Mechanical structure and interface

Figure 78

Product Description

PS connector

Pin number

Signal name

Note

Battery +

Internally this pin is floating. During


installation can be grounded or not.

Battery -

Table 29

PS connector pin function

PS cable
The cable is a shielded, two wire cable. A 13-valued AWG (min.) is necessary to
minimize cable power loss; with this value 200m connection is guaranteed over the
temperature range -40 to +60C. Cable materials shall be designed to meet outdoor
conditions. The cable shield must be connected to the Harmony Radio grounding point.

7.1.5.3

AGC connector (RSSI)


The RSSI interface allows measuring the received RF signal level with a standard voltmeter through a female BNC 50 ohm, IP65 waterproof connector.
Rx AGC analog voltage at BNC connector is positive grounded: its absolute value (discarding the minus sign) increases as Received Signal Level increases.

Figure 79

AGC connector

The table below reports the RSSI parameters.

118

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Mechanical structure and interface

Parameters
Output voltage range and
Received Power range

-0.5V @ P rx = -90 dBm


-4.0V @ P rx = -20dBm

Output impedance

100 ohm / 1nF

Nominal sensitivity

0.5V/10dB

Accuracy

3 dB

Table 30

7.1.5.4

Value

RSSI parameters

ODU-ODU connector
This connector must be used to connect the ODU-ODU cable to the second Harmony
Radio in the configurations with two Harmony Radios. The connector is a proprietary
multicoaxial connector.

Figure 80

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

ODU-ODU connector

119

Mechanical structure and interface

Product Description

7.2 Indoor Power Injector mechanical structure and interface


7.2.1

Mechanical characteristics
The Power Injector is housed in an IP20 cabinet; it can be installed in ETSI or 19 racks.
The Power Injector is 2/3 standard unit high.
On the front panel the following connectors are present:
 4 x 10/100/1000 Base_T inputs on RJ45 interface (IDU CABLE)
 4 x 10/100/1000 Base_T + direct -48VDC outputs on RJ45 interface (ODU CABLE)
 2 Power Supply connectors (PS)
 1 green LED and 1 red LED for each data port: green for powered ODU, red for
short-circuit

7.2.2

External connections

Figure 81

7.2.2.1

Power Injector (Indoor 4 ports)

Power Supply connector


This connector is the Power supply interface. Two PS connectors are available to
provide power supply redundancy.

Figure 82

PS connector

Signal name
48 V + (Left side pin)
48 V - (Right side pin)
Table 31

120

PS connector pin function

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

7.2.2.2

Mechanical structure and interface

IDU CABLE RJ45 Connector (GbE)


This interface is a 10/100/1000 Base T interface. Data are forwarded to P+E interface
(ODU CABLE connector) without altering electrical characteristics.
The IDU CABLE RJ-45 connector is without integrated LEDs.

Figure 83

IDU CABLE connector front view

Pin #

Cable colour

Function

TP3+

white/green

Bi-directional pair 3+

TP3-

green

Bi-directional pair 3 -

TP2+

white/orange

Bi-directional pair 2+

TP1+

blue

Bi-directional pair 1+

TP1-

white/blue

Bi-directional pair 1-

TP2-

orange

Bi-directional pair 2-

TP4+

white/brown

Bi-directional pair 4+

TP4-

brown

Bi-directional pair 4-

Table 32

7.2.2.3

Pair

IDU CABLE connector pin function

ODU CABLE RJ45 Connector (P+E)


This connector is the interface to Harmony Radio (P+E).
The ODU CABLE RJ-45 connector is without integrated LEDs.

Figure 84
Pin #

ODU CABLE connector front view

Pair

Cable color

Ethernet Function

Power
function

Amphenol Pin
on Harmony
Radio

TP3+

white/green

Bi-directional pair 3+

-V1a

TP3-

green

Bi-directional pair 3-

-V1b

Table 33

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

ODU CABLE connector pin function

121

Mechanical structure and interface

Pin #

Product Description

Pair

Cable color

Ethernet Function

TP2+

white/orange

Bi-directional pair 2+

-V2a

TP1+

blue

Bi-directional pair 1+

+V2a

TP1-

white/blue

Bi-directional pair 1-

+V2b

TP2-

orange

Bi-directional pair 2-

-V2b

TP4+

white/brown

Bi-directional pair 4+

+V1a

TP4-

brown

Bi-directional pair 4-

+V1b

Table 33

7.2.2.4

Power
function

Amphenol Pin
on Harmony
Radio

ODU CABLE connector pin function (Cont.)

ALMs Connector
The Power Injector has a standard RJ45 connector on the front panel for Alarms
reporting.
Refer to Table 34 for the relevant pinout map.

Figure 85
Pin #

Ethernet Function

1-2

Short circuit on ODU 1 power supply

3-6

Short circuit on ODU 2 power supply

4-5

Short circuit on ODU 3 power supply

7-8

Short circuit on ODU 4 power supply

Table 34

ALMs connector front view

ALMs connector pin function

Alarms are reported according to the following rule:


 Normal state (no alarm): relevant pair of pins (i.e. pin1-pin2 for short circuit on
ODU1 power supply) are open and both floating respect to ground
 Alarm active: relevant pair of pins (i.e. pin1-pin2 for short circuit on ODU1 power
supply) are shortened each other by internal MOS device; both pins are floating
respect to ground
All alarm lines support both positive and negative external bias
Wired OR of multiple alarms can be easily done.

122

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

7.2.2.5

Mechanical structure and interface

LEDs
The Power Injector is equipped with two LEDs for each port:
 LED ON (GREEN): input power on and properly working unit
 LED FAULT (RED): external fault (cable short-circuit)
During the normal operation green LED ON must be ON.

Figure 86

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Power Injector LEDs (per port)

123

Mechanical structure and interface

Product Description

7.3 Outdoor Power Injector mechanical structure and interface


7.3.1

Mechanical characteristics
The Outdoor Power Injector is housed in an IP65 cabinet for outdoor .
The Outdoor Power Injector has three holes on the front side:
 Ethernet from the Indoor Device
 Ethernet to Harmony Radio
 Power Supply from the Indoor Station

7.3.2

External connections

Figure 87

124

Ethernet Repeater

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

7.3.2.1

Mechanical structure and interface

Power Supply connector


This connector is the Power supply interface.
Signal name
48 V + (Left side pin)
48 V - (Right side pin)
Table 35

7.3.2.2

PS connector pin function

IDU CABLE RJ45 Connector (GbE)


This interface is a 10/100/1000 Base T interface. Data are forwarded to P+E interface
(ODU CABLE connector) without altering electrical characteristics.
Pin #

Cable color

Function

TP3+

white/green

Bi-directional pair 3+

TP3-

green

Bi-directional pair 3 -

TP2+

white/orange

Bi-directional pair 2+

TP1+

blue

Bi-directional pair 1+

TP1-

white/blue

Bi-directional pair 1-

TP2-

orange

Bi-directional pair 2-

TP4+

white/brown

Bi-directional pair 4+

TP4-

brown

Bi-directional pair 4-

Table 36

7.3.2.3

Pair

IDU CABLE connector pin function

ODU CABLE RJ45 Connector (P+E)


This connector is the interface to Harmony Radio (P+E).
Pin #

Pair

Cable color

Ethernet Function

Power
function

Amphenol Pin
on Harmony
Radio

TP3+

white/green

Bi-directional pair 3+

-V1a

TP3-

green

Bi-directional pair 3-

-V1b

TP2+

white/orange

Bi-directional pair 2+

-V2a

TP1+

blue

Bi-directional pair 1+

+V2a

TP1-

white/blue

Bi-directional pair 1-

+V2b

TP2-

orange

Bi-directional pair 2-

-V2b

TP4+

white/brown

Bi-directional pair 4+

+V1a

TP4-

brown

Bi-directional pair 4-

+V1b

Table 37

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

ODU CABLE connector pin function

125

Mechanical structure and interface

Product Description

7.4 Ethernet Repeater mechanical structure and interface


7.4.1

Mechanical characteristics
The Ethernet Repeater is housed in an IP65 cabinet for outdoor .
On the Ethernet Repeater four connectors are available:





7.4.2

RJ45 Input (Ethernet from the Indoor Device)


RJ45 Output (Ethernet to Harmony Radio)
PS Input (Power Supply from the Indoor Station)
PS Output (Power Supply to Harmony Radio)

External connections

Figure 88

7.4.2.1

Ethernet Repeater

Power Supply connector


This connector is the Power supply interface.

126

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Mechanical structure and interface

Figure 89

PS connector

Signal name
48 V + (Right side pin)
48 V - (Left side pin)
Table 38

7.4.2.2

PS connector pin function

ETH I/R RJ45 Connector (to Indoor Device)


This connector is the 10/100/1000 Base T interface.

Figure 90

ETH I/R connector front view

Pin #

Pair

Cable color

Function

TP3+

white/green

Bi-directional pair 3+

TP3-

green

Bi-directional pair 3 -

TP2+

white/orange

Bi-directional pair 2+

TP1+

blue

Bi-directional pair 1+

TP1-

white/blue

Bi-directional pair 1-

TP2-

orange

Bi-directional pair 2-

TP4+

white/brown

Bi-directional pair 4+

TP4-

brown

Bi-directional pair 4-

Table 39

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

ETH I/R connector pin function

127

Mechanical structure and interface

7.4.2.3

Product Description

ETH R/O RJ45 Connector (to Harmony Radio)


This connector is the 10/100/1000 Base T interface to Harmony Radio.

Figure 91
Pin #

Pair

Cable color

Ethernet Function

Amphenol Pin on
Harmony Radio

TP3+

white/green

Bi-directional pair 3+

TP3-

green

Bi-directional pair 3-

TP2+

white/orange

Bi-directional pair 2+

TP1+

blue

Bi-directional pair 1+

TP1-

white/blue

Bi-directional pair 1-

TP2-

orange

Bi-directional pair 2-

TP4+

white/brown

Bi-directional pair 4+

TP4-

brown

Bi-directional pair 4-

Table 40

128

ETH R/O connector front view

ETH R/O connector pin function

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8 Harmony Radio technical specifications


8.1 Ethernet Throughput
Ethernet throughput depends on the Ethernet frame size and on the configured Rchannel size. Following data refer to minimum R-channel (64 kb/s).

Layer 1 includes Ethernet preambles and IFG (Inter-Frame Gap)

8.1.1

ETSI market

8.1.1.1

High Performance profiles


3.5 MHz channel bandwidth

Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

6,1

4,7

9111

4,7

4,6

4625

5,2

4,8

2330

16QAM

12,3

9,4

18350

9,5

9,3

9315

10,4

9,6

4693

32QAM

16,0

12,2

23739

12,3

12,0

12051

13,4

12,4

6072

64QAM

19,6

14,9

29129

15,1

14,7

14787

16,5

15,3

7450

Table 41

3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

5,0

4,8

1170

4,9

4,8

586

4,9

4,8

396

16QAM

10,0

9,7

2356

9,9

9,7

1180

9,8

9,7

797

32QAM

13,0

12,5

3048

12,8

12,5

1527

12,7

12,5

1031

64QAM

15,9

15,3

3740

15,7

15,4

1873

15,6

15,4

1265

Table 42

3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

QPSK
Table 43

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

4,9

4,8

368

4,9

4,8

293

4,8

4,8

147

3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

129

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Modulation

Product Description

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

16QAM

9,8

9,7

741

9,8

9,7

591

9,7

9,7

295

32QAM

12,7

12,5

959

12,6

12,5

764

12,6

12,5

382

64QAM

15,6

15,4

1176

15,5

15,4

938

15,4

15,4

469

Table 43

3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes) (Cont.)

Modulation

Packet Size 8192

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

4,8

4,8

73

4,8

4,8

59

16QAM

9,7

9,7

148

9,7

9,7

118

32QAM

12,6

12,5

191

12,6

12,5

153

64QAM

15,4

15,4

235

15,4

15,4

188

Table 44

3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

7 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

11,4

8,7

17079

10,2

8,8

8671

9,6

8,9

4369

16QAM

23,1

17,6

34398

20,6

17,8

17464

19,4

18,0

8799

32QAM

29,9

22,7

44501

26,7

23,1

22593

25,1

23,3

11384

64QAM

36,6

27,9

54604

32,8

28,3

27722

30,8

28,6

13968

128QAM

43,4

33,1

64707

38,9

33,6

32851

36,5

33,9

16553

256QAM

50,2

38,3

74809

44,9

38,8

37980

42,2

39,1

19137

Table 45

130

7 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Modulation

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

9,3

8,9

2193

9,1

9,0

1099

9,1

9,0

742

16QAM

18,8

18,0

4417

18,4

18,1

2213

18,3

18,1

1494

32QAM

24,3

23,4

5714

23,9

23,4

2863

23,7

23,4

1932

64QAM

29,8

28,7

7011

29,3

28,7

3513

29,1

28,7

2371

128QAM

35,3

34,0

8309

34,7

34,1

4162

34,5

34,1

2810

256QAM

40,8

39,3

9606

40,1

39,4

4812

39,9

39,4

3248

Table 46

7 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

9,1

9,0

690

9,1

9,0

550

9,0

9,0

275

16QAM

18,3

18,1

1389

18,3

18,1

1107

18,2

18,1

554

32QAM

23,7

23,4

1798

23,7

23,4

1433

23,6

23,4

717

64QAM

29,1

28,8

2206

29,0

28,8

1758

28,9

28,8

879

128QAM

34,5

34,1

2614

34,4

34,1

2083

34,3

34,1

1042

256QAM

39,9

39,4

3022

39,8

39,4

2409

39,6

39,4

1205

Table 47

7 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 8192

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

9,0

9,0

138

9,0

9,0

110

16QAM

18,2

18,1

277

18,1

18,1

222

32QAM

23,5

23,4

358

23,5

23,4

287

64QAM

28,8

28,8

440

28,8

28,8

352

128QAM

34,2

34,1

521

34,2

34,1

417

256QAM

39,5

39,4

603

39,5

39,4

482

Table 48

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

7 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

131

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

14 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

23,1

17,6

34398

20,6

17,8

17464

19,4

18,0

8799

16QAM

46,3

35,3

69036

41,5

35,8

35049

38,9

36,1

17660

32QAM

59,9

45,6

89242

53,6

46,3

45308

50,4

46,7

22829

64QAM

73,5

56,0

109448

65,7

56,9

55566

61,8

57,3

27998

128QAM

87,1

66,3

129654

77,9

67,4

65824

73,2

67,9

33167

256QAM

100,7

76,7

149860

90,0

77,9

76083

84,6

78,5

38336

Table 49

14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

18,8

18,0

4417

18,4

18,1

2213

18,3

18,1

1494

16QAM

37,7

36,3

8865

37,0

36,3

4441

36,8

36,4

2998

32QAM

48,7

46,9

11459

47,9

47,0

5741

47,6

47,0

3875

64QAM

59,8

57,5

14054

58,8

57,6

7041

58,4

57,7

4752

128QAM

70,8

68,1

16648

69,6

68,3

8340

69,2

68,3

5630

256QAM

81,9

78,8

19243

80,5

78,9

9640

80,0

79,0

6507

Table 50

14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

18,3

18,1

1389

18,3

18,1

1107

18,2

18,1

554

16QAM

36,8

36,4

2789

36,7

36,4

2223

36,6

36,4

1112

32QAM

47,6

47,0

3605

47,5

47,0

2873

47,3

47,1

1437

64QAM

58,4

57,7

4421

58,3

57,7

3524

58,0

57,7

1763

128QAM

69,2

68,3

5237

69,0

68,3

4174

68,7

68,4

2088

256QAM

80,0

79,0

6053

79,8

79,0

4825

79,4

79,0

2414

Table 51

132

14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Modulation

Packet Size 8192

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

18,2

18,1

277

18,1

18,1

222

16QAM

36,5

36,4

556

36,5

36,4

445

32QAM

47,2

47,1

719

47,2

47,1

575

64QAM

57,9

57,7

882

57,8

57,7

705

128QAM

68,6

68,4

1044

68,5

68,4

835

256QAM

79,3

79,1

1207

79,2

79,1

966

Table 52

14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

28 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

49,3

37,5

73366

44,1

38,1

37247

41,4

38,4

18768

16QAM

98,7

75,2

146973

88,3

76,4

74617

83,0

77,0

37598

32QAM

127,6

97,2

189910

114,1

98,7

96416

107,2

99,5

48582

64QAM

156,4

119,2

232848

139,9

121,0

118215

131,5

121,9

59566

128QAM

185,3

141,2

275785

165,7

143,3

140014

155,7

144,4

70550

256QAM

214,1

163,1

318722

191,5

165,7

161813

180,0

166,9

81534

Table 53

28 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

40,0

38,5

9421

39,4

38,6

4719

39,2

38,6

3186

16QAM

80,3

77,3

18872

78,9

77,4

9454

78,5

77,5

6382

32QAM

103,7

99,8

24385

102,0

100,0

12216

101,4

100,1

8246

64QAM

127,2

122,4

29899

125,1

122,7

14978

124,4

122,7

10110

128QAM

150,7

145,0

35412

148,1

145,3

17741

147,3

145,4

11975

256QAM

174,1

167,6

40925

171,2

167,9

20503

170,2

168,0

13839

Table 54

28 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

133

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Modulation

Product Description

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

39,1

38,6

2963

39,0

38,7

2362

38,9

38,7

1182

16QAM

78,4

77,5

5937

78,2

77,5

4732

77,9

77,5

2367

32QAM

101,3

100,1

7671

101,1

100,1

6114

100,7

100,2

3059

64QAM

124,3

122,7

9405

124,0

122,8

7497

123,4

122,8

3750

128QAM

147,2

145,4

11139

146,8

145,4

8879

146,2

145,5

4442

256QAM

170,1

168,0

12874

169,7

168,1

10261

169,0

168,2

5133

Table 55

28 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 8192

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

38,8

38,7

591

38,8

38,7

473

16QAM

77,7

77,5

1184

77,7

77,5

947

32QAM

100,4

100,2

1530

100,4

100,2

1224

64QAM

123,2

122,9

1876

123,1

122,9

1500

128QAM

145,9

145,5

2221

145,8

145,5

1777

256QAM

168,6

168,2

2567

168,5

168,2

2054

Table 56

28 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

40 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

69,6

53,0

103675

62,3

53,9

52635

58,5

54,3

26521

16QAM

139,5

106,2

207590

124,7

107,9

105392

117,2

108,7

53105

32QAM

180,2

137,3

268208

161,2

139,4

136167

151,4

140,5

68611

64QAM

220,9

168,3

328825

197,6

170,9

166942

185,7

172,2

84118

128QAM

261,7

199,3

389442

234,1

202,4

197717

219,9

204,0

99625

256QAM

302,4

230,4

450060

270,5

233,9

228492

254,2

235,7

115132

Table 57

134

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Modulation

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

56,6

54,5

13312

55,7

54,6

6669

55,3

54,6

4502

16QAM

113,4

109,1

26656

111,5

109,3

13354

110,9

109,4

9014

32QAM

146,5

141,0

34439

144,1

141,3

17253

143,2

141,4

11646

64QAM

179,7

172,9

42223

176,6

173,2

21152

175,6

173,3

14278

128QAM

212,8

204,8

50006

209,2

205,2

25052

208,0

205,3

16910

256QAM

245,9

236,7

57790

241,8

237,1

28951

240,4

237,3

19542

Table 58

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

55,3

54,6

4188

55,2

54,6

3338

54,9

54,7

1670

16QAM

110,8

109,4

8385

110,5

109,5

6683

110,0

109,5

3343

32QAM

143,1

141,4

10833

142,8

141,4

8635

142,2

141,5

4320

64QAM

175,5

173,4

13282

175,1

173,4

10587

174,3

173,5

5296

128QAM

207,8

205,3

15730

207,4

205,4

12538

206,5

205,5

6272

256QAM

240,2

237,3

18179

239,7

237,4

14490

238,6

237,5

7248

Table 59

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 8192

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

54,8

54,7

835

54,8

54,7

668

16QAM

109,8

109,5

1672

109,8

109,5

1338

32QAM

141,9

141,5

2160

141,8

141,5

1728

64QAM

174,0

173,5

2649

173,9

173,5

2119

128QAM

206,0

205,5

3137

205,9

205,5

2510

256QAM

238,1

237,5

3625

238,0

237,5

2900

Table 60

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

135

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

56 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

95,8

73,0

142643

85,7

74,1

72419

80,5

74,7

36490

16QAM

191,8

146,1

285527

171,6

148,4

144960

161,2

149,5

73042

32QAM

247,8

188,8

368876

221,7

191,7

187275

208,3

193,2

94364

64QAM

303,8

231,5

452225

271,8

235,1

229591

255,4

236,9

115685

128QAM

359,9

274,2

535573

321,9

278,4

271906

302,5

280,5

137007

256QAM

415,9

316,8

618922

372,0

321,7

314222

349,5

324,2

158329

Table 61

56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

77,9

75,0

18316

76,6

75,1

9176

76,2

75,2

6194

16QAM

156,0

150,1

36663

153,4

150,4

18367

152,5

150,5

12398

32QAM

201,5

194,0

47365

198,1

194,3

23729

197,0

194,5

16017

64QAM

247,1

237,8

58068

242,9

238,3

29090

241,6

238,4

19636

128QAM

292,6

281,6

68770

287,7

282,2

34452

286,1

282,4

23255

256QAM

338,2

325,5

79473

332,5

326,1

39814

330,6

326,3

26874

Table 62

56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

76,1

75,2

5762

75,9

75,2

4592

75,6

75,2

2297

16QAM

152,4

150,5

11533

152,0

150,6

9193

151,4

150,6

4599

32QAM

196,9

194,5

14900

196,4

194,5

11876

195,6

194,6

5941

64QAM

241,4

238,4

18266

240,8

238,5

14560

239,8

238,6

7283

128QAM

285,9

282,4

21633

285,2

282,5

17243

284,0

282,6

8626

256QAM

330,3

326,3

24999

329,6

326,4

19926

328,2

326,6

9968

Table 63

136

56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Modulation

Packet Size 8192

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

75,4

75,3

1149

75,4

75,3

919

16QAM

151,0

150,7

2300

151,0

150,7

1840

32QAM

195,1

194,7

2971

195,1

194,7

2377

64QAM

239,3

238,7

3643

239,1

238,7

2914

128QAM

283,4

282,7

4314

283,2

282,7

3451

256QAM

327,5

326,7

4985

327,3

326,7

3988

Table 64

56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

155 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

128QAM
Table 65

Packet Size 64
Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet Ethernet
(pkt/sec) (Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet Ethernet Layer 2


(pkt/sec) (Mbit/s) (Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

197,7

150,6

294299

153,0

149413

75286

128QAM

166,2

154,2

This profile provides a capacity equivalent to 1xSTM-1 in 28 MHz, @128 QAM. Adaptive
Modulation is disabled.

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Ethernet Layer 2
Packet Ethernet
(Mbit/s) (Mbit/s) (pkt/sec) (Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet Ethernet Layer 2


(pkt/sec) (Mbit/s) (Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

160,8

155,1

18932

12779

154,8

37789

158,1

157,2

155,2

155 Mbps profile - 28 MHz (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

t
Modulation

Table 67

176,9

155 Mbps profile - 28 MHz (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

128QAM

Packet Size 256

Ethernet
(Mbit/s)

Table 66

Packet Size 128

This profile provides a capacity equivalent to 1xSTM-1 in 28 MHz, @128 QAM. Adaptive
Modulation is disabled.

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

157,1

155,2

11887

156,7

155,2

9475

156,0

155,3

4740

155 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

This profile provides a capacity equivalent to 1xSTM-1 in 28 MHz, @128 QAM. Adaptive
Modulation is disabled.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

137

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

Modulation

128QAM
Table 68

138

Packet Size 8192

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

155,7

155,3

2370

155,6

155,3

1896

155 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

This profile provides a capacity equivalent to 1xSTM-1 in 28 MHz, @128 QAM. Adaptive
Modulation is disabled.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.1.1.2

High Throughput profiles


With respect to the "high performance" profiles the "high throughput" profiles are
characterized by a reduced roll-off factor.

3.5 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

6,1

4,6

9111

5,4

4,7

4625

5,1

4,7

2330

16QAM

12,3

9,4

18350

11,0

9,5

9315

10,3

9,6

4693

32QAM

15,9

12,1

23739

14,2

12,3

12051

13,4

12,4

6072

64QAM

19,5

14,9

29129

17,5

15,1

14787

16,4

15,2

7450

Table 69

3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

4,9

4,7

1170

4,8

4,8

586

4,8

4,8

396

16QAM

10,0

9,6

2356

9,8

9,6

1180

9,8

9,6

797

32QAM

12,9

12,4

3048

12,7

12,5

1527

12,6

12,5

1031

64QAM

15,9

15,3

3740

15,6

15,3

1873

15,5

15,3

1265

Table 70

3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

4,8

4,8

368

4,8

4,8

293

4,8

4,8

147

16QAM

9,7

9,6

741

9,7

9,6

591

9,7

9,6

295

32QAM

12,6

12,5

959

12,6

12,5

764

12,5

12,5

382

64QAM

15,5

15,3

1176

15,5

15,3

938

15,4

15,3

469

Table 71

3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

139

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

Modulation

Packet Size 8192

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

4,8

4,8

73

4,8

4,8

59

16QAM

9,7

9,6

148

9,7

9,6

118

32QAM

12,5

12,5

191

12,5

12,5

153

64QAM

15,4

15,3

235

15,4

15,3

188

Table 72

3.5 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

14 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

24,7

18,8

36828

22,1

19,1

18695

20,8

19,2

9419

16QAM

49,5

37,7

73784

44,3

38,3

37455

41,6

38,6

18872

32QAM

64,0

48,8

95342

57,3

49,5

48399

53,8

49,9

24386

64QAM

78,5

59,8

116900

70,2

60,7

59342

66,0

61,2

29899

128QAM

93,0

70,8

138458

83,2

71,9

70286

78,1

72,5

35413

256QAM

107,5

81,9

160016

96,1

83,1

81230

90,3

83,8

40927

Table 73

14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

20,1

19,3

4728

19,7

19,4

2369

19,6

19,4

1599

16QAM

40,3

38,8

9472

39,6

38,8

4745

39,4

38,9

3203

32QAM

52,0

50,1

12240

51,2

50,2

6132

50,9

50,2

4139

64QAM

63,8

61,4

15007

62,7

61,5

7518

62,4

61,6

5075

128QAM

75,6

72,8

17775

74,3

72,9

8905

73,9

72,9

6011

256QAM

87,4

84,1

20543

85,9

84,3

10291

85,4

84,3

6947

Table 74

140

14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Modulation

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

19,6

19,4

1487

19,6

19,4

1185

19,5

19,4

593

16QAM

39,3

38,9

2980

39,2

38,9

2375

39,1

38,9

1188

32QAM

50,8

50,2

3850

50,7

50,2

3069

50,5

50,3

1535

64QAM

62,3

61,6

4721

62,2

61,6

3763

61,9

61,6

1882

128QAM

73,8

73,0

5591

73,7

73,0

4457

73,4

73,0

2229

256QAM

85,4

84,3

6462

85,2

84,3

5151

84,8

84,4

2577

Table 75

14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 8192

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

19,4

19,4

297

19,4

19,4

237

16QAM

39,0

38,9

594

39,0

38,9

475

32QAM

50,4

50,3

768

50,4

50,3

614

64QAM

61,8

61,6

941

61,8

61,7

753

128QAM

73,2

73,0

1115

73,2

73,0

892

256QAM

84,6

84,4

1289

84,6

84,4

1031

Table 76

14 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

56 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

102,2

77,9

152217

91,5

79,1

77279

85,9

79,7

38939

16QAM

204,7

155,9

304626

183,1

158,3

154656

172,0

159,6

77928

32QAM

264,4

201,4

393532

236,5

204,5

199793

222,2

206,1

100671

64QAM

324,2

247,0

482437

290,0

250,8

244930

272,5

252,7

123414

128QAM

383,9

292,5

571343

343,4

297,0

290066

322,7

299,3

146157

256QAM

443,6

338,0

660248

396,8

343,2

335203

372,9

345,9

168901

Table 77

56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

141

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Modulation

Product Description

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

83,1

80,0

19545

81,7

80,2

9792

81,3

80,2

6609

16QAM

166,4

160,2

39115

163,6

160,5

19596

162,7

160,6

13227

32QAM

215,0

206,9

50531

211,4

207,3

25315

210,2

207,5

17088

64QAM

263,6

253,7

61947

259,2

254,2

31034

257,7

254,3

20948

128QAM

312,2

300,5

73363

306,9

301,0

36753

305,2

301,2

24808

256QAM

360,8

347,2

84779

354,7

347,9

42472

352,7

348,1

28669

Table 78

56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

81,2

80,2

6148

81,0

80,2

4901

80,7

80,3

2452

16QAM

162,6

160,6

12304

162,2

160,6

9808

161,5

160,7

4906

32QAM

210,0

207,5

15895

209,7

207,7

12680

208,8

207,8

6343

64QAM

257,5

254,4

19486

256,9

254,4

15532

255,8

254,6

7770

128QAM

304,9

301,3

23078

304,3

301,3

18395

303,0

301,5

9202

256QAM

352,4

348,1

26669

351,6

348,2

21257

350,1

348,4

10634

Table 79

56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

80,5

80,3

1226

80,5

80,3

981

16QAM

161,2

160,8

2454

161,1

160,8

1963

32QAM

208,4

207,9

3172

208,3

207,9

2538

64QAM

255,2

254,6

3886

255,1

254,6

3109

128QAM

302,3

301,6

4602

302,2

301,6

3682

256QAM

349,3

348,5

5318

349,2

348,5

4255

Table 80

142

Packet Size 8192

56 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.1.2

NAM market

8.1.2.1

High Performance profiles


10 MHz channel bandwidth

Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

15,4

11,7

22937

13,7

11,9

11644

12,9

12,0

5867

16QAM

30,9

23,5

46035

27,6

23,9

23369

26,0

24,1

11774

32QAM

39,9

30,4

59509

35,7

30,9

30209

33,6

31,1

15221

64QAM

49,0

37,3

72982

43,8

37,9

37048

41,2

38,2

18667

128QAM

58,1

44,2

86456

51,9

44,9

43888

48,8

45,2

22113

256QAM

67,1

51,1

99930

60,0

51,9

50728

56,4

52,3

25559

Table 81

10 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

12,5

12,0

2945

12,3

12,0

1475

12,2

12,0

996

16QAM

25,1

24,2

5910

24,7

24,2

2961

24,5

24,2

1998

32QAM

32,5

31,2

7640

31,9

31,3

3827

31,7

31,3

2583

64QAM

39,8

38,3

9369

39,2

38,4

4694

38,9

38,4

3168

128QAM

47,2

45,4

11099

46,4

45,5

5560

46,1

45,5

3753

256QAM

54,6

52,5

12829

53,6

52,6

6427

53,3

52,6

4338

Table 82

10 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

143

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Modulation

Product Description

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Packet Size 8192

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

12,2

12,1

738

12,1

12,1

369

12,1

12,1

185

16QAM

24,5

24,2

1482

24,4

24,2

741

24,3

24,2

371

32QAM

31,6

31,3

1915

31,5

31,4

958

31,4

31,4

479

64QAM

38,8

38,4

2349

38,7

38,5

1175

38,6

38,5

588

128QAM

46,0

45,5

2783

45,8

45,6

1392

45,7

45,6

696

256QAM

53,2

52,7

3217

52,9

52,7

1609

52,8

52,7

805

Table 83

10 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 2048, 4096, 8192 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 10240


Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

12,1

12,1

148

16QAM

24,3

24,3

297

32QAM

31,4

31,4

383

64QAM

38,5

38,5

470

128QAM

45,7

45,6

557

256QAM

52,8

52,7

644

Table 84

10 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 10240 bytes)

20 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

33,1

25,2

49358

29,6

25,6

25056

27,8

25,8

12624

16QAM

66,4

50,6

98853

59,4

51,3

50181

55,8

51,7

25284

32QAM

85,8

65,4

127725

76,7

66,3

64838

72,1

66,9

32668

64QAM

105,2

80,1

156597

94,1

81,4

79494

88,4

82,0

40053

128QAM

124,6

94,9

185469

111,4

96,4

94150

104,7

97,1

47437

256QAM

144,0

109,7

214342

128,8

111,4

108807

121,0

112,2

54822

Table 85

144

20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Modulation

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

26,9

25,9

6336

26,5

26,0

3174

26,3

26,0

2143

16QAM

54,0

51,9

12691

53,1

52,0

6358

52,8

52,1

4291

32QAM

69,7

67,1

16397

68,6

67,2

8214

68,2

67,3

5545

64QAM

85,5

82,3

20104

84,1

82,5

10071

83,6

82,5

6798

128QAM

101,3

97,5

23810

99,6

97,7

11928

99,0

97,7

8051

256QAM

117,1

112,7

27517

115,1

112,9

13785

114,4

113,0

9305

Table 86

20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Packet Size 8192

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

26,2

26,0

1589

26,1

26,0

795

26,1

26,0

397

16QAM

52,6

52,1

3182

52,4

52,1

1592

52,3

52,1

796

32QAM

68,0

67,3

4111

67,7

67,3

2057

67,5

67,4

1029

64QAM

83,3

82,5

5041

83,0

82,6

2521

82,8

82,6

1261

128QAM

98,7

97,8

5970

98,3

97,8

2986

98,1

97,8

1494

256QAM

114,1

113,0

6899

113,6

113,0

3451

113,3

113,1

1726

Table 87

20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 2048, 4096, 8192 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 10240


Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

26,1

26,0

318

16QAM

52,2

52,1

637

32QAM

67,5

67,4

823

64QAM

82,8

82,6

1009

128QAM

98,0

97,8

1195

256QAM

113,3

113,1

1381

Table 88

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 10240 bytes)

145

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

30 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

52,6

40,1

78404

47,1

40,7

39801

44,2

41,0

20053

16QAM

105,4

80,3

156936

94,3

81,5

79666

88,6

82,2

40139

32QAM

136,2

103,8

202747

121,8

105,3

102921

114,5

106,2

51856

64QAM

167,0

127,2

248557

149,3

129,2

126176

140,3

130,2

63573

128QAM

197,8

150,7

294368

176,9

153,0

149431

166,2

154,1

75290

256QAM

228,6

174,1

340178

204,4

176,8

172686

192,1

178,1

87007

Table 89

30 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

42,8

41,2

10065

42,1

41,3

5042

41,8

41,3

3404

16QAM

85,7

82,5

20147

84,3

82,6

10093

83,8

82,7

6813

32QAM

110,7

106,6

26028

108,9

106,8

13039

108,2

106,8

8802

64QAM

135,8

130,7

31909

133,5

130,9

15986

132,7

131,0

10790

128QAM

160,8

154,7

37790

158,1

155,0

18932

157,2

155,1

12779

256QAM

185,8

178,8

43672

182,7

179,2

21878

181,7

179,3

14768

Table 90

30 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Packet Size 8192

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

41,7

41,3

2524

41,5

41,3

1262

41,4

41,3

631

16QAM

83,5

82,7

5051

83,2

82,8

2527

83,0

82,8

1264

32QAM

107,9

106,9

6526

107,5

106,9

3265

107,2

107,0

1633

64QAM

132,3

131,0

8001

131,7

131,1

4002

131,5

131,1

2002

128QAM

156,7

155,2

9475

156,0

155,3

4740

155,7

155,3

2370

256QAM

181,1

179,4

10950

180,3

179,4

5477

179,9

179,5

2739

Table 91

146

30 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 2048, 4096, 8192 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Modulation

Packet Size 10240


Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

41,4

41,3

505

16QAM

82,9

82,8

1011

32QAM

107,2

107,0

1306

64QAM

131,4

131,1

1601

128QAM

155,6

155,3

1896

256QAM

179,8

179,5

2192

Table 92

30 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 10240 bytes)

40 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

71,4

54,4

106277

63,8

55,2

53950

60,0

55,6

27182

16QAM

142,9

108,9

212692

127,8

110,5

107969

120,1

111,4

54400

32QAM

184,6

140,6

274767

165,1

142,8

139481

155,1

143,9

70277

64QAM

226,3

172,4

336842

202,4

175,1

170992

190,2

176,4

86154

128QAM

268,0

204,2

398917

239,7

207,3

202504

225,2

208,9

102031

256QAM

309,7

236,0

460992

277,0

239,6

234015

260,3

241,4

117908

Table 93

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

58,0

55,8

13644

57,0

55,9

6835

56,7

56,0

4614

16QAM

116,2

111,8

27305

114,2

112,0

13679

113,6

112,1

9233

32QAM

150,1

144,4

35274

147,5

144,7

17671

146,7

144,8

11928

64QAM

184,0

177,1

43243

180,9

177,4

21663

179,9

177,5

14623

128QAM

217,9

209,7

51212

214,2

210,1

25656

213,0

210,3

17318

256QAM

251,8

242,4

59181

247,6

242,8

29648

246,2

243,0

20012

Table 94

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

147

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Modulation

Product Description

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Packet Size 8192

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

56,5

56,0

3421

56,3

56,0

1711

56,2

56,0

856

16QAM

113,2

112,1

6846

112,7

112,2

3425

112,5

112,2

1713

32QAM

146,3

144,9

8844

145,6

144,9

4424

145,3

145,0

2213

64QAM

179,3

177,6

10842

178,5

177,7

5424

178,2

177,7

2713

128QAM

212,4

210,3

12840

211,5

210,4

6423

211,0

210,5

3212

256QAM

245,4

243,1

14838

244,4

243,2

7423

243,8

243,2

3712

Table 95

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 2048, 4096, 8192 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 10240


Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

56,2

56,0

685

16QAM

112,4

112,2

1370

32QAM

145,3

145,0

1770

64QAM

178,1

177,7

2170

128QAM

210,9

210,5

2570

256QAM

243,7

243,3

2970

Table 96

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 10240 bytes)

50 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

88,7

67,6

132112

79,4

68,6

67065

74,6

69,2

33790

16QAM

177,6

135,3

264399

158,9

137,4

134218

149,3

138,5

67625

32QAM

229,5

174,8

341567

205,2

177,5

173391

192,9

178,9

87362

64QAM

281,3

214,3

418734

251,6

217,6

212563

236,4

219,3

107099

128QAM

333,2

253,9

495902

298,0

257,7

251736

280,0

259,7

126836

256QAM

385,1

293,4

573069

344,4

297,8

290909

323,6

300,1

146573

Table 97

148

50 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Modulation

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

72,1

69,4

16960

70,9

69,6

8497

70,5

69,6

5735

16QAM

144,4

139,0

33943

142,0

139,3

17004

141,2

139,3

11478

32QAM

186,6

179,6

43850

183,4

179,9

21967

182,4

180,0

14828

64QAM

228,7

220,1

53756

224,9

220,6

26930

223,6

220,7

18178

128QAM

270,9

260,7

63663

266,3

261,2

31893

264,8

261,4

21528

256QAM

313,1

301,3

73570

307,8

301,9

36856

306,0

302,1

24878

Table 98

50 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Packet Size 8192

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

70,3

69,6

4252

70,0

69,7

2127

69,8

69,7

1064

16QAM

140,8

139,4

8510

140,1

139,5

4257

139,8

139,5

2129

32QAM

181,8

180,1

10994

181,1

180,2

5500

180,7

180,2

2751

64QAM

222,9

220,8

13478

222,0

220,9

6742

221,5

220,9

3372

128QAM

264,0

261,5

15962

262,9

261,6

7985

262,3

261,7

3993

256QAM

305,1

302,2

18446

303,8

302,3

9227

303,1

302,4

4615

Table 99

50 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 2048, 4096, 8192 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 10240


Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

69,8

69,7

851

16QAM

139,8

139,5

1703

32QAM

180,6

180,2

2201

64QAM

221,4

221,0

2698

128QAM

262,2

261,7

3195

256QAM

303,0

302,4

3692

Table 100

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

50 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 10240 bytes)

149

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.1.3

Product Description

JAPAN market

8.1.3.1

High Performance profiles


20 MHz channel bandwidth

Modulation

Packet Size 64

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

31,7

24,2

47263

28,4

24,5

23992

26,6

24,7

12088

16QAM

67,5

51,4

100478

60,3

52,2

51006

56,7

52,6

25699

Table 101

20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 512

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

25,8

24,8

6068

25,3

24,9

3040

25,2

24,9

2052

16QAM

54,9

52,8

12899

53,9

52,9

6462

53,6

52,9

4362

Table 102

20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

25,2

24,9

1909

25,1

24,9

1521

25,0

24,9

761

16QAM

53,6

52,9

4058

53,5

52,9

3234

53,2

53,0

1618

Table 103

20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

Modulation

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

QPSK

25,0

24,9

381

24,9

24,9

304

16QAM

53,1

53,0

809

53,1

53,0

647

Table 104

150

Packet Size 8192

20 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

40 MHz channel bandwidth


Modulation

64QAM
Table 105

Packet Size 64
Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

206,1

157,0

306787

184,3

159,4

155735

173,2

160,7

78467

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 64, 128, 256 bytes)

64QAM

Packet Size 512

Table 107

Packet Size 1024

Packet Size 1518

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

167,6

161,3

39385

164,7

161,6

19730

163,8

161,7

13318

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 512, 1024, 1518 bytes)

Modulation

64QAM

Packet Size 256

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Modulation

Table 106

Packet Size 128

Packet Size 1632

Packet Size 2048

Packet Size 4096

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

163,7

161,7

12389

163,3

161,7

9875

162,6

161,8

4940

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 1632, 2048, 4096 bytes)

Modulation

64QAM
Table 108

Packet Size 8192

Packet Size 10240

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

Layer 1
(Mbit/s)

Layer 2
(Mbit/s)

Packet
(pkt/sec)

162,3

161,9

2470

162,2

161,9

1976

40 MHz channel bandwidth (packet sizes: 8192, 10240 bytes)

8.2 System configurations


Refer to Table 7 on page 24.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

151

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

8.3 One-way transmission delay


8.3.1

ETSI market
Frame size (bytes)
64

3.5 MHz

7 MHz

14 MHz

14 MHz
(High
Throughput)

28 MHz

Table 109

152

128

256

512

1024 1518 1632 2048 4096

8192

9600
9,57

16 QAM

Value [ms] 1,24

1,29 1,39 1,61 2,03

2,48

2,56

2,95

4,74

8,33

4 QAM

Value [ms] 2,28

2,43 2,64 3,05 3,88

4,70

4,92

5,61

9,10

16,08 18,49

256 QAM Value [ms] 0,45

0,48 0,51 0,57 0,70

0,82

0,86

0,96

1,50

2,57

2,93

128 QAM Value [ms] 0,50

0,51 0,54 0,61 0,76

0,90

0,93

1,06

1,66

2,85

3,26

64 QAM

Value [ms] 0,54

0,56 0,60 0,68 0,85

1,01

1,04

1,19

1,88

3,25

3,72

32 QAM

Value [ms] 0,59

0,62 0,67 0,75 0,95

1,15

1,19

1,35

2,17

3,80

4,36

16 QAM

Value [ms] 0,69

0,73 0,78 0,89 1,13

1,39

1,43

1,65

2,67

4,69

5,40

4 QAM

Value [ms] 1,26

1,33 1,41 1,66 2,10

2,57

2,67

3,08

4,99

8,83

10,15

256 QAM Value [ms] 0,32

0,33 0,35 0,39 0,47

0,55

0,57

0,63

0,96

1,62

1,84

128 QAM Value [ms] 0,35

0,36 0,38 0,42 0,51

0,60

0,62

0,69

1,05

1,77

2,02

64 QAM

Value [ms] 0,38

0,39 0,41 0,46 0,57

0,66

0,68

0,76

1,16

1,97

2,25

32 QAM

Value [ms] 0,43

0,45 0,47 0,53 0,64

0,75

0,78

0,87

1,34

2,28

2,59

16 QAM

Value [ms] 0,50

0,52 0,55 0,62 0,75

0,89

0,92

1,04

1,60

2,74

3,13

4 QAM

Value [ms] 0,91

0,95 1,00 1,13 1,36

1,60

1,65

1,87

2,89

4,92

5,62

256 QAM Value [ms] 0,30

0,32 0,33 0,37 0,45

0,52

0,54

0,60

0,92

1,55

1,77

128 QAM Value [ms] 0,33

0,34 0,36 0,40 0,48

0,57

0,59

0,66

1,00

1,69

1,93

64 QAM

Value [ms] 0,36

0,37 0,39 0,44 0,54

0,62

0,64

0,72

1,11

1,88

2,15

32 QAM

Value [ms] 0,41

0,42 0,44 0,50 0,61

0,71

0,74

0,83

1,28

2,17

2,47

16 QAM

Value [ms] 0,47

0,49 0,52 0,58 0,71

0,84

0,87

0,98

1,52

2,60

2,97

4 QAM

Value [ms] 0,85

0,88 0,94 1,05 1,28

1,51

1,56

1,76

2,72

4,63

5,29

256 QAM Value [ms] 0,18

0,19 0,20 0,23 0,28

0,33

0,35

0,39

0,61

1,05

1,20

128 QAM Value [ms] 0,20

0,20 0,21 0,24 0,30

0,35

0,37

0,42

0,65

1,12

1,28

64 QAM

Value [ms] 0,21

0,21 0,23 0,26 0,32

0,39

0,40

0,45

0,70

1,21

1,39

32 QAM

Value [ms] 0,23

0,24 0,26 0,29 0,36

0,43

0,45

0,50

0,79

1,36

1,55

16 QAM

Value [ms] 0,26

0,27 0,29 0,33 0,41

0,49

0,51

0,58

0,91

1,57

1,80

4 QAM

Value [ms] 0,46

0,47 0,51 0,57 0,70

0,83

0,86

0,97

1,51

2,60

2,97

One-way transmission delay - ETSI market

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frame size (bytes)


64
40 MHz

56 MHz

56 MHz
(High
Throughput)

ETSI
customized
profile - Mod.
128 QAM
BW 28 MHZ
Table 109

128

256

512

1024 1518 1632 2048 4096

8192

9600

256 QAM Value [ms] 0,14

0,15 0,16 0,18 0,23

0,28

0,29

0,33

0,52

0,90

1,03

128 QAM Value [ms] 0,15

0,16 0,17 0,19 0,24

0,29

0,31

0,35

0,55

0,95

1,09

64 QAM

Value [ms] 0,16

0,17 0,18 0,21 0,26

0,31

0,32

0,37

0,59

1,02

1,17

32 QAM

Value [ms] 0,18

0,19 0,20 0,23 0,29

0,35

0,36

0,41

0,64

1,12

1,28

16 QAM

Value [ms] 0,20

0,21 0,23 0,26 0,33

0,39

0,41

0,46

0,73

1,27

1,46

4 QAM

Value [ms] 0,34

0,35 0,38 0,42 0,53

0,63

0,65

0,74

1,16

2,00

2,28

256 QAM Value [ms] 0,12

0,13 0,14 0,16 0,20

0,24

0,25

0,29

0,46

0,81

0,93

128 QAM Value [ms] 0,13

0,13 0,14 0,17 0,21

0,25

0,26

0,30

0,48

0,84

0,97

64 QAM

Value [ms] 0,14

0,14 0,15 0,18 0,22

0,27

0,28

0,32

0,51

0,89

1,02

32 QAM

Value [ms] 0,15

0,15 0,17 0,19 0,24

0,29

0,30

0,35

0,55

0,97

1,11

16 QAM

Value [ms] 0,17

0,17 0,19 0,22 0,27

0,33

0,34

0,38

0,61

1,08

1,24

4 QAM

Value [ms] 0,26

0,28 0,30 0,34 0,42

0,51

0,52

0,59

0,92

1,60

1,83

256 QAM Value [ms] 0,12

0,12 0,13 0,15 0,20

0,24

0,25

0,28

0,45

0,79

0,91

128 QAM Value [ms] 0,13

0,13 0,14 0,16 0,20

0,25

0,26

0,29

0,47

0,82

0,95

64 QAM

Value [ms] 0,13

0,14 0,15 0,17 0,22

0,26

0,27

0,31

0,50

0,87

1,00

32 QAM

Value [ms] 0,14

0,15 0,16 0,18 0,23

0,28

0,29

0,33

0,54

0,94

1,08

16 QAM

Value [ms] 0,16

0,16 0,18 0,20 0,26

0,31

0,32

0,37

0,59

1,04

1,20

4 QAM

Value [ms] 0,25

0,26 0,28 0,32 0,40

0,48

0,49

0,56

0,88

1,53

1,76

128 QAM Value [ms] 0,19

0,19 0,21 0,23 0,29

0,34

0,36

0,40

0,63

1,09

1,24

One-way transmission delay - ETSI market (Cont.)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

153

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.3.2

Product Description

NAM market
Frame size (bytes)

10 MHz

20 MHz

30 MHz

40 MHz

50 MHz

Table 110

154

64

128

256

512

1024

1518 2048 4096

8192

9600

256 QAM

Value [ms]

0,40

0,42

0,44

0,49

0,60

0,70

0,81

1,24

2,11

2,40

128 QAM

Value [ms]

0,43

0,44

0,47

0,53

0,65

0,75

0,88

1,36

2,32

2,64

64 QAM

Value [ms]

0,47

0,48

0,51

0,58

0,71

0,84

0,99

1,53

2,62

2,99

32 QAM

Value [ms]

0,52

0,54

0,58

0,66

0,80

0,96

1,13

1,77

3,05

3,48

16 QAM

Value [ms]

0,61

0,64

0,68

0,76

0,96

1,16

1,36

2,15

3,73

4,28

4 QAM

Value [ms]

1,13

1,17

1,27

1,39

1,76

2,13

2,51

3,97

6,89

7,90

256 QAM

Value [ms]

0,24

0,25

0,26

0,30

0,36

0,42

0,49

0,76

1,29

1,48

128 QAM

Value [ms]

0,26

0,27

0,29

0,32

0,39

0,46

0,53

0,82

1,40

1,60

64 QAM

Value [ms]

0,28

0,29

0,31

0,35

0,43

0,50

0,58

0,90

1,54

1,76

32 QAM

Value [ms]

0,32

0,33

0,35

0,39

0,48

0,57

0,66

1,03

1,75

2,00

16 QAM

Value [ms]

0,37

0,38

0,41

0,46

0,56

0,67

0,78

1,21

2,08

2,38

4 QAM

Value [ms]

0,66

0,68

0,73

0,82

0,99

1,17

1,36

2,10

3,59

4,11

256 QAM

Value [ms]

0,17

0,18

0,19

0,22

0,27

0,32

0,38

0,59

1,02

1,16

128 QAM

Value [ms]

0,19

0,19

0,20

0,23

0,29

0,34

0,40

0,63

1,08

1,24

64 QAM

Value [ms]

0,20

0,21

0,22

0,25

0,31

0,37

0,43

0,68

1,17

1,34

32 QAM

Value [ms]

0,22

0,23

0,24

0,28

0,34

0,41

0,48

0,76

1,31

1,49

16 QAM

Value [ms]

0,25

0,26

0,28

0,32

0,40

0,47

0,55

0,87

1,51

1,73

4 QAM

Value [ms]

0,43

0,45

0,48

0,54

0,67

0,79

0,92

1,43

2,46

2,82

256 QAM

Value [ms]

0,14

0,15

0,16

0,18

0,23

0,27

0,32

0,51

0,89

1,02

128 QAM

Value [ms]

0,15

0,16

0,17

0,19

0,24

0,29

0,34

0,54

0,94

1,08

64 QAM

Value [ms]

0,16

0,17

0,18

0,20

0,26

0,31

0,36

0,58

1,01

1,15

32 QAM

Value [ms]

0,18

0,18

0,20

0,23

0,28

0,34

0,40

0,64

1,11

1,27

16 QAM

Value [ms]

0,20

0,21

0,22

0,26

0,32

0,39

0,45

0,72

1,26

1,44

4 QAM

Value [ms]

0,33

0,35

0,37

0,42

0,52

0,62

0,72

1,14

1,96

2,24

256 QAM

Value [ms]

0,12

0,12

0,13

0,15

0,20

0,24

0,29

0,46

0,82

0,94

128 QAM

Value [ms]

0,13

0,13

0,14

0,16

0,21

0,25

0,30

0,49

0,86

0,98

64 QAM

Value [ms]

0,13

0,14

0,15

0,17

0,22

0,27

0,32

0,52

0,91

1,05

32 QAM

Value [ms]

0,15

0,15

0,16

0,19

0,24

0,30

0,35

0,56

0,99

1,13

16 QAM

Value [ms]

0,16

0,17

0,19

0,22

0,27

0,33

0,39

0,63

1,11

1,27

4 QAM

Value [ms]

0,27

0,28

0,31

0,35

0,44

0,53

0,61

0,97

1,68

1,92

One-way transmission delay - NAM market

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frame size (bytes)

NAM
customized
profile - Mod.
4 QAM
BW 20 MHZ
Table 110

4 QAM

Value [ms]

64

128

256

512

1024 1518 2048 4096

0,70

0,73

0,77

0,85

1,04

1,22

1,42

2,20

8192
3,74

9600
4,28

One-way transmission delay - NAM market (Cont.)

8.3.3

JAPAN market
Frame size (bytes)

20 MHz

40 MHz
Table 111

64

128

256

512

1024

1518

2048

4096

8192

9600

4 QAM

Value [ms]

0,70

0,74

0,77

0,85

1,04

1,22

1,43

2,20

3,75

4,28

16 QAM

Value [ms]

0,37

0,38

0,40

0,44

0,55

0,66

0,77

1,19

2,05

2,35

64 QAM

Value [ms]

0,14

0,14

0,15

0,18

0,23

0,29

0,35

0,57

1,01

1,17

One-way transmission delay - JAPAN market

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

155

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

8.4 Electromagnetic compatibility


8.4.1

ETSI market
Recommendations
ETSI EN 301 489-1
ETSI EN 301 489-4
CENELEC EN 55022
ITU-T K.48
IEC CISPR 22 class B
Table 112

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

Item
Equipment

Requirement
Quasi-peak limit:
30 to 230 MHz: 30 dBV/m @ 10m
230 to 1000 MHz: 37 dBV/m @ 10m
Peak limit:
1000 to 3000 MHz: 70 dBV/m @ 3m
3000 to 6000 MHz: 74 dBV/m @ 3m
Average limit:
1000 to 3000 MHz: 50 dBV/m @ 3m
3000 to 6000 MHz: 54 dBV/m @ 3m

Table 113

156

Radiated emissions

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Item

Requirement

PS interface

Quasi-peak limit:
0.15 to 0.5 MHz: 66 to 56 dBV
0.5 to 5 MHz:

56 dBV

5 to 30 MHz:

60 dBV

Average limit:
0.15 to 0.5 MHz: 56 to 46 dBV

GbE interface

0.5 to 5 MHz:

46 dBV

5 to 30 MHz:

50 dBV

Quasi-peak limit:
0.15 to 0.5 MHz: 84 to 74 dBV
40 to 30 dBA
0.5 to 30 MHz:

74 dBV
30 dBA

Average limit:
0.15 to 0.5 MHz: 74 to 64 dBV
30 to 20 dBA
0.5 to 30 MHz:

64 dBV
20 dBA

Table 114

8.4.2

Conducted emissions

NAM market
Recommendations
FCC 47 Part 15
ICES-003
Table 115

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

157

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

8.5 Immunity
8.5.1

ETSI market
The requirements are applied to the enclosure (to the borders of the equipment,
including cables and connectors).
Recommendations
CENELEC EN 61000-4-2
CENELEC EN 61000-4-3
Table 116

Enclosure immunity

The requirements are applied to GbE and PS cables and connectors.


Recommendations
CENELEC EN 61000-4-4
CENELEC EN 61000-4-5
CENELEC EN 61000-4-6
Table 117

8.5.2

Cable immunity

NAM market
Compliance to selected requirements of GR1089 on request.

158

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.6 Safety
8.6.1

ETSI market
Recommendations
EN 60950-1 (2006)
IEC 60950-1 (2005 - 2nd Edition)
EN 60950-22 (2006)
IEC 60950-22 (2005)
Table 118

8.6.2

ETSI market safety

NAM market
Recommendations
UL 60950-1 (2007)
UL 60950-22 (2007)
CAN / CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1 (2007)
CAN / CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-22 (2007)
Table 119

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

NAM market safety

159

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

8.7 Environmental standards and conditions

Storage (Harmony Radio and Antennas)


Ambient temperature

-40 to +70C (Class 1.2 is guaranteed,


which requires from -25 up to +55C.
Moreover both the lower and the higher
temperature values are proprietary
extended from -40C up to +70C:
compliance with Class 1.3 requirements)

EN 300 019-1-1

Class 1.2

EN 300 019-2-1

Class 1.2

Transportation (Harmony Radio and Antennas)


Ambient temperature

-40 to +70C

EN 300 019-1-2

Class 2.3

EN 300 019-2-2

Class 2.3

Operation and tightness (Harmony Radio)


Normal Operation temperature range

-40C to +55C

Extended Operation temperature range

-45C to +55C

Wind

< 55 m/s

Relative humidity

8 to 100%

Low air pressure

70 kPa (represents a limit value for open


air use, normally at about 3000 m)

IEC 60529

Class IP 65

UL 50

NEMA 4X

EN 300 019-1-4

Class 4.1

EN 300 019-2-4

Class 4.1

UL50

NEMA Type 4x

Operation (Antennas)
Operating temperature

-45C to +55C (operational)

Wind load, survival

55 m/s with radial ice load of 25 mm,


density 7 kN/m3

Relative humidity

8 to 100%

IEC 60529

Class IP 55

Table 120

160

Environmental standards and conditions

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.8 Ethernet Cable

Cable type

Double shielded, four twisted pairs,


Cat-5e cable compliant (for outdoor
condition).
Each pin manages at least 24 AWG wire
diameter.

Connector type

Amphenol connector.

Temperature range

-40 to +70C (in this way the cable


guarantees the Gigabit Ethernet 100 m
connection over the temperature range
-40 to +60C taking into account 10C
de-rating due to the P+E.)

Signals on cable interface

Ethernet or Power + Ethernet

Max length

100 m

Table 121

Ethernet cable requirement

8.9 Power Supply Cable

Cable type

Shielded, two wire cable (for outdoor


condition).
Each pin manages at least 13 AWG wire
diameter.

Connector type

Shielded Amphenol multipolar


connector with 2 golden power pins.

Temperature range

-40 to +60C

Max length

100 m

Table 122

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Power supply requirement

161

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

8.10 Power supply voltage range

DC supply voltage
Table 123

-26 Vdc to -60 Vdc

Harmony Radio power supply voltage

WARNING! - DC supply voltages higher than 60 V could cause permanent damages of


the Harmony Radio.

8.11 Power consumption


For the power consumption in the different RF bands refer to the relevant
Environmental Product Declaration documents.

8.12 Frequency bands


Frequency
band

ITU-R
Rec.

Frequency
band (GHz)

Duplex
spacing
(MHz)

CEPT

FCC/IC

JAPAN

3.5 GHz

3.41-3.60

100

ERC/REC 14-03
Annex B

6 GHz (6L)

F.383

5.925-6.425

252.04

ERC/REC 14-01

CFR 47 Part 101.147(i)


SRSP 305.9

6 GHz (6U) F.384

6.425-7.125

340

ERC/REC 14-02

7 GHz

7.125-7.725

154

ERC/REC (02)06

7.125-7.725

161

7.443-7.750

168

7.110-7.443

196

7.425-7.900

245

ERC/REC (02)06

8.2-8.5

119

ERC/REC (02)06

8.2-8.5

126

ERC/REC (02)06

8.2-8.5

151,614

7.9-8.4

266

ERC/REC (02)06

7.9-8.5

300

ERC/REC (02)06

7.7-8.2

311.32

ERC/REC (02)06

F.746

10-10.68

350

CEPT 12-05

F.747

10.5-10.68

91

8 GHz

10 GHz

Table 124

162

F.385

F.385

Frequency bands and duplex spacing

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Freque
ncy
band
11 GHz

ITU-R
Rec.
F.387

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frequency
band (GHz)

Duplex
spacing
(MHz)

CEPT

FCC/IC

JAPAN

10.7-11.7

490

CFR 47 Part 101.147(o) SRSP 310.7

10.7-11.7

530

ERC/REC 12-06

SRSP 310.7

13 GHz

F.747

12.75-13.25

266

ERC/REC 12-02

15 GHz

F.636

14.4-15.40

315

420

470

SRSP 314.5

490

644

728

ERC/REC 12-07

750

SRSP 317.8

1008

1010

ERC/REC 12-03

1560

CFR 47 Part 101.147(r)


SRSP 310.8

1200

T/R 13-02

CFR 47 Part 101.147(s) SRSP 321.8

1232

22.0 - 23.6

1008

T/R 13-02

18 GHz

23 GHz

F595

F.637

17.7 - 19.7

21.2 - 23.6

26 GHz

F.748

24.5 - 26.5

1008

T/R 13-02

28 GHz

F.748

27.5 - 29.5

1008

T/R 13-02

32 GHz

F.1520

31.8 - 33.4

812

ERC/REC (01)02

38 GHz

F.749

37.0 - 39.5

1260

T/R 12-01 E

40.5 - 43.5

1500

CEPT 01(04)

42 GHz
Table 124

Frequency bands and duplex spacing (Cont.)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

163

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frequency
band

Duplex
spacing
(MHz)

Low frequency

High frequency

(MHz)

(MHz)

3.5 GHz

100

3410
3424
3438
3452
3466
3480
3510
3524
3538
3552
3566
3580

6 GHz (6L)

252.04

5930.375
5950.975
6010.275
6069.575
6182.415
6203.015
6262.315
6321.615

6 GHz (6U)

340

6435
6510
6590
6674
6775
6850
6930
7014

Table 125

164

Product Description

3424
3438
3452
3466
3480
3495
3524
3538
3552
3566
3580
3595
-

6028.375
6048.975
6108.275
6167.575
6280.415
6301.015
6360.315
6419.615

6535
6610
6690
6774
6875
6950
7030
7114

3510
3524
3538
3552
3566
3580
3410
3424
3438
3452
3466
3480

3524
3538
3552
3566
3580
3595
3424
3438
3452
3466
3480
3495

6182.415
6203.015
6262.315
6321.615
5930.375
5950.975
6010.275
6069.575
6775
6850
6930
7014
6435
6510
6590
6674

6280.415
6301.015
6360.315
6419.615
6028.375
6048.975
6108.275
6167.575

6875
6950
7030
7114
6535
6610
6690
6774

Frequency tuning range

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frequency
band
7 GHz

8 GHz

Table 125

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Duplex
spacing
(MHz)

Low frequency

High frequency

(MHz)

(MHz)

154

7128
7184
7428
7484

161

7124.5
7180.5
7424.5
7480.5

168

7443 - 7527
7499 - 7583

7611 - 7695
7667 - 7751

196

7107 - 7191
7163 - 7247

7303 - 7387
7359 - 7443

245

7428
7484
7529
7557

7523
7579
7624
7652

7673
7729
7774
7802

7768
7824
7869
7897

119

8279
8293
8307
8321

8335
8349
8363
8377

8398
8412
8426
8440

8454
8468
8482
8496

126

8282.5 - 8338.5
8310.5 - 8366.5

8408.5 - 8464.5
8436.5 - 8492.5

151.614

8204.250 - 8260.250
8247.875 - 8303.875
8288.250 - 8344.250

8355,875 - 8411,875
8399,500 - 8455,500
8439,875 - 8495,875

266

7905
7940
7985
8041

8171
8206
8251
8307

310

7905 - 8017
7989 - 8101
8073 - 8185

8215 - 8327
8299 - 8411
8383 - 8495

311.32

7732 - 7828
7874.25 - 7970.125
7793 - 7888
7815 - 7910

8043.375
8185.625
8104.375
8126.375

7212
7268
7512
7568

7282
7338
7582
7638

- 7208.5
- 7264.5
- 7508.5
- 7564.5

7285.5
7341.5
7585.5
7641.5

8000
8035
8080
8136

7366
7422
7666
7722
- 7369.5
- 7424.5
- 7669.5
- 7725.5

8266
8301
8346
8402

8139.375
8281.500
8199.375
8221.375

Frequency tuning range (Cont.)

165

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frequency
band
10 GHz

11 GHz

13 GHz

Table 125

166

Product Description

Duplex
spacing
(MHz)

Low frequency

High frequency

(MHz)

(MHz)

350

10000
10145
10350
10495

-10159
-10304
-10509
-10654

10350
10495
10000
10145

-10509
-10654
-10159
-10304

91

10479.5
10500.5
10521.5
10542.5
10563.5
10584.5
10570.5
10591.5
10612.5
10633.5
10654.5
10675.5

-10507.5
-10528.5
-10549.5
-10570.5
-10591.5
-10612.5
-10598.5
-10619.5
-10640.5
-10661.5
-10682.5
-10703.5

10570.5
10591.5
10612.5
10633.5
10654.5
10675.5
10479.5
10500.5
10521.5
10542.5
10563.5
10584.5

-10598.5
-10619.5
-10640.5
-10661.5
-10682.5
-10703.5
-10507.5
-10528.5
-10549.5
-10570.5
-10591.5
-10612.5

490

10700
10945
11190
11435

10961
11200
11451
11690

11190
11435
10700
10945

11451
11690
10961
11200

530

10695
10925
10675
10905
11225
11455
11205
11435

10935
11175
10915
11155
11465
11705
11445
11685

11225
11455
11205
11435
10695
10925
10675
10905

11465
11705
11445
11685
10935
11175
10915
11155

266

12750
12806
12862
12890

12835
12891
12947
12975

13016
13072
13128
13156

13101
13157
13213
13241

Frequency tuning range (Cont.)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frequency
band
15 GHz

Duplex
spacing
(MHz)

Low frequency

High frequency

(MHz)

(MHz)

315

14604.0 - 14741.0
14688 - 14825
14786.0 - 14923.0

14919.0 - 15056.0
15003 - 15140
15101.0 - 15238.0

420

14485.0 - 14681.0
14625.0 - 14821.0
14760.0 - 14956.0

14905.0 - 15101.0
15045.0 - 15241.0
15180.0 - 15370.0

490

14403 - 14583
14527 - 14723
14667 - 14881

14893 - 15073
15017 - 15213
15157 - 15371

644

14500 - 14620
14592 - 14712

15144 - 15264
15236 - 15356

728

14501 - 14620

15229 - 15348

1008

17720.5 - 18210.5
18182.5 - 18672.5

18728.5 - 19218.5
19190.5 - 19680.5

1010

17700 - 18225
18162 - 18690

18710 - 19235
19172 - 19700

1560

17700 - 18140

19260 - 19700

1008

22002.5 - 22591.0

23010.5 - 23599.0

1200

21200 - 21814
21786 - 22400

22400 - 23014
22986 - 23600

1232

21200 - 21798
21770 - 22368

22432 - 23030
23002 - 23600

26 GHz

1008

24516 - 25056
24938 - 25478

25524 - 26064
25946 - 26486

28 GHz

1008

27516 - 28056
27938 - 28478

28524 - 29064
28946 - 29486

32 GHz

812

31815 - 32207
32179 - 32571

32627 - 33019
32991 - 33383

38 GHz

1260

37058 - 37632
37604 - 38178

38318 - 38892
38864 - 39438

42 GHz

1500

40550 - 41098
40983 - 41531
41416 - 41964

42050 - 42598
42483 - 43031
42916 - 43464

18 GHz

23 GHz

Table 125

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Frequency tuning range (Cont.)

167

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

Frequency band (GHz)

Frequency adjustment step

3.5 / 6L / 6U / 7 / 8

125 kHz

10 / 11 / 13 / 15 / 18 / 23 / 26 / 28 / 32 / 38 / 42

250 kHz

Table 126

Frequency adjustment

8.13 Emission Spectrum Masks


8.13.1

ETSI Reference masks


The Harmony Radio equipment is compliant with all the unified reference masks (per
modulations / bandwidths / bands) defined in EN 302 217-2-2 v1.4.1. Table 127 reports
the complete lists of reference masks.
According to EN 302-217-2-2 v. 1.4.1

MOD.

BW
(MHz)

256 QAM 56

Table 127

168

Tab.2F-6B

RF Bands
13 / 15 GHz

RF Bands
18 GHz

RF Bands
23 to 28 GHz

RF Bands
31-32-38-42
GHz (Note 11)

(1)

Tab.2F-6B

(1)

Tab.2F-6B

(2)

Tab.2F-6B

(2)

Tab.2F-6B

(4)

40

Note 6

28

Tab.2E-6B

(1)

Tab.2E-6B

(1)

Tab.2E-6B

(2)

Tab.2E-6B

(2)

Tab.2E-6B

(4)

14

Tab.2D-6B

(1)

Tab.2D-6B

(1)

Tab.2D-6B

(2)

Tab.2D-6B

(2)

Tab.2D-6B

(4)

Tab.2C-6B

(1)

Tab.2C-6B

(1)

Tab.2C-6B

(2)

Tab.2C-6B

(2)

Tab.2C-6B

(4)

3.5

NA

128 QAM 56

64 QAM

RF Bands
3 to 11 GHz

Tab.2F-5B

NA

NA

NA

NA

(1)

Tab.2F-5B

(1)

Tab.2F-5B

(2)

Tab.2F-5B

(2)

Tab.2F-5B

(4)

40

Note 6

28

Tab.2E-5B

(1)

Tab.2E-5B

(1)

Tab.2E-5B

(2)

Tab.2E-5B

(2)

Tab.2E-5B

(4)

14

Tab.2D-5B

(1)

Tab.2D-5B

(1)

Tab.2D-5B

(2)

Tab.2D-5B

(2)

Tab.2D-5B

(4)

Tab.2C-5B

(1)

Tab.2C-5B

(1)

Tab.2C-5B

(2)

Tab.2C-5B

(2)

Tab.2C-5B

(4)

3.5

NA

56

Tab.2F-5B

40

Note 6

28

NA

NA

NA

NA

(1)

Tab.2F-5B

(1)

Tab.2F-5B

(2)

Tab.2F-5B

(2)

Tab.2F-5B

(4)

Tab.2E-5B

(1)

Tab.2E-5B

(1)

Tab.2E-5B

(2)

Tab.2E-5B

(2)

Tab.2E-5B

(4)

14

Tab.2D-5B

(1)

Tab.2D-5B

(1)

Tab.2D-5B

(2)

Tab.2D-5B

(2)

Tab.2D-5B

(4)

Tab.2C-5B

(1)

Tab.2C-5B

(1)

Tab.2C-5B

(2)

Tab.2C-5B

(2)

Tab.2C-5B

(4)

3.5

Note 7 - 9 - 10

Note 7 - 9 - 10

Note 7 - 9 - 10

Note 7 - 9 - 10

Note 7 - 9 - 10

ETSI Reference masks

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

According to EN 302-217-2-2 v. 1.4.1


MOD.

32 QAM

16 QAM

4 QAM

Table 127

BW
(MHz)

RF Bands
3 to 11 GHz

56

Tab.2F-4H

40

Note 6 - Note 7

28

Tab.2E-4H

14

RF Bands
13 / 15 GHz

RF Bands
18 GHz

RF Bands
23 to 28 GHz

RF Bands
31-32-38-42
GHz (Note 11)

Tab.2F-4H

(1)

Tab.2F-4H

(2)

Tab.2F-4H

(2)

Tab.2F-4H

(3)

(1)

Tab.2E-4H

(1)

Tab.2E-4H

(2)

Tab.2E-4H

(2)

Tab.2E-4H

(3)

Tab.2D-4H

(1)

Tab.2D-4H

(1)

Tab.2D-4H

(2)

Tab.2D-4H

(2)

Tab.2D-4H

(3)

Tab.2C-4L

(1)

Tab.2C-4L

(1)

Tab.2C-4L

(2)

Tab.2C-4L

(2)

Tab.2C-4L

(3)

3.5

Tab.2B-4L

(1) (2)

Tab.2B-4L

(1) (2)

Tab.2B-4L

Tab.2B-4L

(3)

(1)

Tab.2B-4L

Note 7 - Note 10 Note 7 - Note 10 Note 7 - Note 10

Note 7 - Note 10 Note 7 - Note 10

56

Tab.2F-4L

40

Note 6 - Note 7

28

Tab.2E-4L

14

Tab.2F-4L

(1)

Tab.2F-4L

(2)

Tab.2F-4L

(2)

Tab.2F-4L

(3)

(1)

Tab.2E-4L

(1)

Tab.2E-4L

(2)

Tab.2E-4L

(2)

Tab.2E-4L

(3)

Tab.2D-4L

(1)

Tab.2D-4L

(1)

Tab.2D-4L

(2)

Tab.2D-4L

(2)

Tab.2D-4L

(3)

Tab.2C-4L

(1)

Tab.2C-4L

(1)

Tab.2C-4L

(2)

Tab.2C-4L

(2)

Tab.2C-4L

(3)

3.5

Tab.2B-4L

(1)

Tab.2B-4L

(1)

Tab.2B-4L

(2)

Tab.2B-4L

(2)

Tab.2B-4L

(3)

56

Tab.2F-2

40

Note 7 - Note 8

28

(1)

Tab.2F-2

Tab.2F-2

Tab.2F-2

Tab.2F-2

Tab.2E-2

Tab.2E-2

Tab.2E-2

Tab.2E-2

Tab.2E-2

14

Tab.2D-2

Tab.2D-2

Tab.2D-2

Tab.2D-2

Tab.2D-2

Tab.2C-2

Tab.2C-2

Tab.2C-2

Tab.2C-2

Tab.2C-2

3.5

Tab.2B-2

Tab.2B-2

Tab.2B-2

Tab.2B-2

Tab.2B-2

ETSI Reference masks (Cont.)

t
t

Note 1: Notations

(1); (2); (3); (4)

are the notations used in the related tables.

Note 2:For frequencies below 10GHz, unless otherwise specified, mask option with
noise floor extended to -60dB has to be used, wherever existing for the corresponding
class in appropriate table.

Note 3:For Receiver characteristics in 40MHz channel, reference is Type1.

Note 4:NA = Not Available in Harmony Radio Rel.2.

Note 5: Masks in italic: Declaration according to note 2 cl. 1.2 of EN 302 217-2-2 v 1.4.1

Note 6: Mask according to proposed unified spectrum mask for 40 MHz channel in draft
revision of EN 302 217-2-2 intended to be approved in 2011 by ETSI ATTM TM4.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

169

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

Points: 0,00/2,00; 17,00/2,00; 21,00/-10,00; 22,00/-32,00; 24,00/-36,00;


57,00/-45,00; 77,00/-55,00.

Note 7: Not foreseen in the Harmonized Standard.

Note 8: Mask obtained by scaling the class 2 spectrum mask for 27.5 MHz channel.

Note 9: Mask obtained by scaling and adapting the class 5B spectrum mask for 7 MHz
channel.

Points: 0.00/2.00; 18.62/2.00; 23.85/-23.00; 36.36/-23.00; 65.45/-45.00; 94.55/-45.00

Points: 0.00/1.00; 1.50/1.00; 1.8125/-10.00; 2.05/-36.00; 5.00/-45.00; 6.75/-55.00.

Note 10: Please note that according to RF specific parameters, these modulations could
not be available in some RF bands or system types (e.g. 2+0 XPIC).

Note 11: 3.5 MHz is not Harmonized/planned for 42 GHz band.

8.13.2
8.13.2.1

NAM Reference masks


FCC
FCC emission limit requirements are based on authorized bandwidth (B), which are
defined as the maximum bandwidth authorized to be used by a station as specified in
the station license. FCC specifies maximum authorized bandwidth for different bands
and channeling alternatives.
For the purpose of this document, B is assumed coincident with channel bandwidth, for
each available channel bandwidth.
Equipment RF emitted spectra are in accordance with Emission Spectrum Masks
requirements, as detailed in CFR Title 47, part 101, 101.111 (2) (i)-(ii)-(iii)).

8.13.2.2

IC
 I.C. SRSP 310.7 for 11GHz





170

I.C.
I.C.
I.C.
I.C.

SRSP
SRSP
SRSP
SRSP

317.8
321.8
305.9
306.4

for
for
for
for

18GHz
23GHz
6L
6U

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.14 RF parameters
8.14.1
Frequency
band
3.5 GHz

6 GHz

7 GHz

8 GHz

10 GHz and
11 GHz

13 GHz

15 GHz

Table 128

ETSI market

Channel band

Transmitted power (typical values) (dBm)


4QAM

16QAM

32QAM

64QAM

128QAM

256QAM

3.5 MHz

25

25

25

23

7 MHz

25

25

25

23

23

23

14 MHz

25

25

25

23

23

23

7 MHz

25

25

25

23

23

23

14 MHz

25

25

25

23

23

23

28 MHz

25

25

25

23

23

23

40 MHz

25

25

25

23

23

23

56 MHz

25

25

25

23

23

23

7 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

14 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

28 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

56 MHz

23

21

21

19

19

17

7 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

14 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

28 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

56 MHz

23

21

21

19

19

17

7 MHz

24

24

24

22

22

22

14 MHz

24

24

24

22

22

22

28 MHz

24

24

24

22

22

22

40 MHz

24

24

24

22

22

22

56 MHz

24

24

24

22

22

22

7 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

14 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

28 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

56 MHz

23

21

21

19

19

17

7 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

14 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

28 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

56 MHz

23

21

21

19

19

17

Typical transmit power at antenna connector

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

171

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frequency
band
18 GHz

23 GHz

26 GHz

28 GHz

32 GHz

38 GHz

42 GHz

Table 128

Channel band

Transmitted power (typical values) (dBm)


4QAM

16QAM

32QAM

64QAM

128QAM

256QAM

7.5 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

13.75 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

27.5 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

55 MHz

23

21

21

19

19

17

7 MHz

20

20

20

18

18

18

14 MHz

20

20

20

18

18

18

28/40 MHz

20

20

20

18

18

18

56 MHz

20

18

18

16

16

15

7 MHz

19

19

19

17

17

17

14 MHz

19

19

19

17

17

17

28 MHz

19

19

19

17

17

17

56 MHz

19

17

17

15

15

14

7 MHz

19

19

19

17

17

17

14 MHz

19

19

19

17

17

17

28 MHz

19

19

19

17

17

17

56 MHz

19

17

17

15

15

14

7 MHz

18

18

18

16

16

16

14 MHz

18

18

18

16

16

16

28 MHz

18

18

18

16

16

16

56 MHz

18

16

16

14

14

13

7 MHz

14

14

14

12

12

12

14 MHz

14

14

14

12

12

12

28 MHz

14

14

14

12

12

12

56 MHz

14

12

12

10

10

7 MHz

15

15

15

13

13

13

14 MHz

15

15

15

13

13

13

28 MHz

15

15

15

13

13

13

56 MHz

15

15

15

13

13

13

Typical transmit power at antenna connector (Cont.)

172

Product Description

Guaranteed values (in full temperature range and frequency range) are 1 dB worse.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frequency band

Transmit power regulation


Range from nominal 4 QAM Tx power

3.5 GHz

20 dB - RTPC

6 GHz

25 dB - ATPC

Adjustment step
1 dB

7 GHz
8 GHz
10-11 GHz
13 GHz
15 GHz
18 GHz
23 GHz
26 GHz
28 GHz
32 GHz
38 GHz
42 GHz
Note 1: The PTx_min values follow the maximum ones considering the APTC range
or RTPC range.
Note 2: RTPC and ATPC are the maximum range for Tx @ 4QAM modulation; for the
other modulations must be scaled accordingly .... i.e if RTPC is 20 dB @ 6 GHz in
4 QAM, for 64 QAM to 256 QAM is 18 dB because nominal Tx power is +23 dBm
instead of +25 dBm.
Table 129

Transmit power stability and adjustment

Frequency band

RF input power range

Max input level (no damage)

3.5 GHz

-21 dBm to -99 dBm

-10 dBm

6 GHz

-21 dBm to -99 dBm

-10 dBm

7 GHz

-21 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

8 GHz

-21 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

10-11 GHz

-21 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

13 GHz

-21 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

15 GHz

-21 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

18 GHz

-22 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

23 GHz

-23 dBm to -97 dBm

-10 dBm

26 GHz

-23 dBm to -97 dBm

-10 dBm

Table 130

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Maximum receiver power level range at antenna connector

173

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frequency band

Product Description

RF input power range

28 GHz

-23 dBm to -97 dBm

-10 dBm

32 GHz

-23 dBm to -96 dBm

-10 dBm

38 GHz

-23 dBm to -96 dBm

-10 dBm

42 GHz

-23 dBm to -96 dBm

-10 dBm

Table 130

Maximum receiver power level range at antenna connector (Cont.)

Frequency band

Noise Figure (dB)

3.5 GHz

6 GHz

7 GHz

6.5

8 GHz

6.5

10-11 GHz

6.5

13 GHz

6.5

15 GHz

18 GHz

23 GHz

7.5

26 GHz

8.5

28 GHz

8.5

32 GHz

8.5

38 GHz

9.5

42 GHz

9.5

Table 131

174

Max input level (no damage)

Noise Figure

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

8.14.2
Frequency
band
6 GHz

11 GHz

18 GHz

23 GHz

Table 132

Harmony Radio technical specifications

NAM market

Channel band

Nominal transmitted power


4QAM

16QAM

32QAM

64QAM

128QAM

256QAM

10 MHz

25

25

25

23

23

23

30 MHz

25

25

25

23

23

23

10 MHz

24

24

24

22

22

22

30 MHz

24

24

24

22

22

22

40 MHz

24

24

24

22

22

22

10 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

20 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

30 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

40 MHz

23

23

23

21

21

21

50 MHz

23

21

21

19

19

17

56 MHz

23

21

21

19

19

17

10 MHz

20

20

20

18

18

18

20 MHz

20

20

20

18

18

18

30 MHz

20

20

20

18

18

18

40 MHz

20

20

20

18

18

18

50 MHz

20

18

18

16

16

15

Typical transmit power at antenna connector

Guaranteed maximum powers are less than 1dB worse.

Frequency band

Transmit power regulation


Range from nominal 4 QAM Tx power

6 GHz

25 dB - RTPC

11 GHz

25 dB - ATPC

Adjustment step
1 dB

18 GHz
23 GHz
Note 1: The PTx_min values follow the maximum ones considering the APTC range
or RTPC range.
Note 2: RTPC and ATPC are the maximum range for Tx@ 4QAM modulation; for the
other modulations must be scaled accordingly .... i.e if RTPC is 25 dB @ 6 GHz in
4 QAM, for 64 QAM to 256 QAM is 23 dB, because the nominal Tx power is +23 dBm
instead of +25 dBm.
Table 133

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Transmit power stability and adjustment

175

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frequency band

Product Description

RF input power range

6 GHz

-21 dBm to -99 dBm

-10 dBm

11 GHz

-21 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

18 GHz

-22 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

23 GHz

-23 dBm to -97 dBm

-10 dBm

Table 134

Maximum receiver power level range at antenna connector

Frequency band

Noise Figure (dB)

6 GHz

11 GHz

6.5

18 GHz

23 GHz

7.5

Table 135

176

Max input level (no damage)

Noise Figure

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

8.14.3

Harmony Radio technical specifications

JAPAN market
Frequency
band
11 GHz

15 GHz

18 GHz

Table 136

Channel band

Nominal transmitted power


4QAM

16QAM

64QAM

20 MHz

24

24

40 MHz

20

20 MHz

23

23

40 MHz

21

20 MHz

23

23

40 MHz

21

Typical transmit power at antenna connector

Guaranteed maximum powers are less than 1dB worse.

Frequency band

Transmit power regulation


Range from nominal 4 QAM Tx power

11 GHz

25 dB - RTPC

15 GHz

25 dB - ATPC

Adjustment step
1 dB

18 GHz
Table 137

Transmit power stability and adjustment

Frequency band

RF input power range

Max input level (no damage)

11 GHz

-21 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

15 GHz

-22 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

18 GHz

-22 dBm to -98 dBm

-10 dBm

Table 138

Maximum receiver power level range at antenna connector

Frequency band

Noise Figure (dB)

11 GHz

6.5

15 GHz

18 GHz

Table 139

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Noise Figure

177

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

8.15 3.5 GHz RF coax cable characteristics (Harmony Radio to


antenna)
 Length

1.5 m






N plug 90
50 ohm
3.4 - 3.6 GHz
< 1.45 (14.7 dB) from 3.4 to 3.6 GHz

Connectors
Impedance
Frequency range
V.S.W.R.

 Insertion loss

< 0.8 dB from 3.4 to 3.6 GHz

8.16 Roll-off factor


Channel Spacing (MHz)
Fixed mod format 128 QAM

Table 140

3,5 (High Throughput modem profile)

0,17

0,2

14

0,2

28

0,2

28

0,17

40

0,2

56

0,2

56 (High Throughput modem profile)

0,17

14 (High Throughput modem profile)

0,17

Roll-off factor (ETSI)

Channel Spacing (MHz)

Roll-off

10

0,2

20

0,2

30

0,2

40

0,2

50

0,2

Table 141

Roll-off factor (NAM)

Channel Spacing (MHz)

Roll-off

Fixed mod format 4 QAM

20

0,35

Fixed mod format 16 QAM

20

0,35

Fixed mod format 64 QAM

40

0,35

Table 142

178

Roll-off

Roll-off factor (JAPAN)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.17 System gain


The system gain is defined as the attenuation value between the transmitter and
receiver antenna ports, which causes BER 10-6.

Figure 92

8.17.1
Frequency
band
3.5 GHz

6 GHz

7 GHz

8 GHz

Table 143

Defining system gain

ETSI market

Channel band

System gain (dB), typical values


4QAM

16QAM

32QAM

64QAM

128QAM

256QAM

3.5 MHz

123.0

116.5

112.5

108.0

n.a.

n.a.

7 MHz

118,5

112,5

108,5

103,5

100,5

97,5

14 MHz

115,5

109,5

105,5

100,5

97,5

94,5

7 MHz

118.5

112.5

108.5

103.5

100.5

97.5

14 MHz

115.5

109.5

105.5

100.5

97.5

94.5

28 MHz

115.5

109.5

105.5

100.5

97.5

94.5

40 MHz

111.5

104.5

100.5

96.5

93.5

89.5

56 MHz

109.5

103.5

99.5

94.5

91.5

88.5

7 MHz

116.0

110.0

106.0

101.0

98.0

95.0

14 MHz

113.0

107.0

103.0

98.0

95.0

92.0

28 MHz

110.0

104.0

100.0

95.0

92.0

89.0

56 MHz

107.0

99.0

95.0

90.0

87.0

82.0

7 MHz

116.0

110.0

106.0

101.0

98.0

95.0

14 MHz

113.0

107.0

103.0

98.0

95.0

92.0

28 MHz

110.0

104.0

100.0

95.0

92.0

89.0

56 MHz

107.0

99.0

95.0

90.0

87.0

82.0

System gain (BER 10-6) (Typical values)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

179

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Frequency
band
10 GHz and
11 GHz

13 GHz

15 GHz

18 GHz

23 GHz

26 GHz

28 GHz

32 GHz

Table 143

180

Product Description

Channel band

System gain (dB), typical values


4QAM

16QAM

32QAM

64QAM

128QAM

256QAM

7 MHz

117.0

111.0

107.0

102.0

99.0

96.0

14 MHz

114.0

108.0

104.0

99.0

96.0

93.0

28 MHz

111.0

105.0

101.0

96.0

93.0

90.0

40 MHz

110.0

103.0

99.0

95.0

92.0

88.0

56 MHz

108.0

102.0

98.0

93.0

90.0

87.0

7 MHz

116.0

110.0

106.0

101.0

98.0

95.0

14 MHz

113.0

107.0

103.0

98.0

95.0

92.0

28 MHz

110.0

104.0

100.0

95.0

92.0

89.0

56 MHz

107.0

99.0

95.0

90.0

87.0

82.0

7 MHz

115.0

109.0

105.0

101.0

98.0

94.0

14 MHz

113.0

106.0

102.0

98.0

95.0

92.0

28 MHz

110.0

103.0

99.0

95.0

92.0

88.0

56 MHz

107.0

98.0

94.0

90.0

87.0

82.0

7.5 MHz

115.0

109.0

105.0

101.0

98.0

94.0

13.75 MHz

113.0

106.0

102.0

98.0

95.0

92.0

27.5 MHz

110.0

103.0

99.0

95.0

92.0

88.0

55 MHz

107.0

98.0

94.0

90.0

87.0

82.0

7 MHz

112.0

106.0

102.0

98.0

95.0

91.0

14 MHz

110.0

103.0

99.0

95.0

92.0

89.0

28 MHz

107.0

100.0

96.0

92.0

89.0

85.0

56 MHz

104.0

95.0

91.0

87.0

84.0

80.0

7 MHz

110.0

104.0

100.0

95.0

92.0

89.0

14 MHz

107.0

101.0

97.0

92.0

89.0

86.0

28 MHz

104.0

98.0

94.0

89.0

86.0

83.0

56 MHz

101.0

93.0

89.0

84.0

81.0

77.0

7 MHz

110.0

104.0

100.0

95.0

92.0

89.0

14 MHz

107.0

101.0

97.0

92.0

89.0

86.0

28 MHz

104.0

98.0

94.0

89.0

86.0

83.0

56 MHz

101.0

93.0

89.0

84.0

81.0

77.0

7 MHz

109.0

103.0

99.0

94.0

91.0

88.0

14 MHz

106.0

100.0

96.0

91.0

88.0

85.0

28 MHz

103.0

97.0

93.0

88.0

85.0

82.0

56 MHz

100.0

92.0

88.0

83.0

80.0

76.0

System gain (BER 10-6) (Typical values) (Cont.)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Frequency
band
38 GHz

42 GHz

Table 143

Channel band

11 GHz

18 GHz

23 GHz

Table 144

16QAM

32QAM

64QAM

128QAM

256QAM

7 MHz

104.0

98.0

94.0

89.0

86.0

83.0

14 MHz

101.0

95.0

91.0

86.0

83.0

80.0

28 MHz

98.0

92.0

88.0

83.0

80.0

77.0

56 MHz

95.0

87.0

83.0

78.0

75.0

71.0

7 MHz

105.0

99.0

95.0

90.0

87.0

84.0

14 MHz

102.0

96.0

92.0

87.0

84.0

81.0

28 MHz

99.0

93.0

89.0

84.0

81.0

78.0

56 MHz

96.0

90.0

86.0

81.0

78.0

75.0

System gain (BER 10-6) (Typical values) (Cont.)

8.17.2

6 GHz

System gain (dB), typical values


4QAM

Frequency
band

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Guaranteed values (in full temperature range and frequency range) are 2 dB worse.

NAM market

Channel band

System gain (dB), typical values


4QAM

16QAM

32QAM

64QAM

128QAM

256QAM

10 MHz

117,0

110,6

106,6

102,1

99,1

95,9

30 MHz

111,8

105,4

101,4

96,9

93,9

90,7

10 MHz

116,0

109,6

105,6

101,1

98,1

94,9

30 MHz

110,8

104,4

100,4

95,9

92,9

89,7

40 MHz

109,6

103,2

99,2

94,7

91,7

88,5

10 MHz

114,5

108,1

104,1

99,6

96,6

93,4

20 MHz

111,4

105,0

101,0

96,5

93,5

90,3

30 MHz

109,3

102,9

98,9

94,4

91,4

88,2

40 MHz

108,1

101,7

97,7

93,2

90,2

87,0

50 MHz

106,9

98,5

94,5

90,0

87,0

81,8

56 MHz

106,7

98,3

94,3

89,8

86,8

81,6

10 MHz

111,0

104,6

100,6

96,1

93,1

89,9

20 MHz

107,9

101,5

97,5

93,0

90,0

86,8

30 MHz

105,8

99,4

95,4

90,9

87,9

84,7

40 MHz

104,6

98,2

94,2

89,7

86,7

83,5

50 MHz

103,4

95,0

91,0

86,5

83,5

79,3

System gain (BER 10-6) (Typical values)

Guaranteed values (in full temperature range and frequency range) are 2 dB worse.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

181

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.17.3

Product Description

JAPAN market
Frequency
band
11 GHz

15 GHz

18 GHz

Table 145

Channel band

System gain (dB), typical values


4QAM

16QAM

64QAM

20 MHz

108,2

106,0

40 MHz

102,0

20 MHz

107,5

102,8

40 MHz

91,4

20 MHz

107,5

102,8

40 MHz

91,4

System gain (BER 10-6) (Typical values)

Guaranteed values (in full temperature range and frequency range) are 2 dB worse.

8.18 XPIC
XPIRF

20 dB

XPD/XPI

40 dB

Table 146

182

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.19 Interferences
3.5 MHz

7 MHz

14 MHz

28 MHz

40 MHz

56 MHz

4 QAM

10,7

10,0

10,0

10,0

10,0

8,0

16 QAM

15,6

15,0

15,0

15,0

15,0

14,5

32 QAM

21

20,5

20,5

20,5

20,5

18,5

64 QAM

23

22

22

22

22

21

128 QAM

25,5

25,5

25,5

25,5

25,5

256 QAM

30,5

30,5

30,5

30,5

30

Table 147

S/N measured

3.5 MHz

7 MHz

14 MHz

28 MHz

40 MHz

56 MHz

4 QAM

16,7

16

16

16

16

14

16 QAM

21,6

21

21

21

21

20,5

32 QAM

27

26,5

26,5

26,5

26,5

24,5

64 QAM

29

28

28

28

28

27

128 QAM

31,5

31,5

31,5

31,5

31,5

256 QAM

36,5

36,5

36,5

36,5

36

Table 148

Co-channel interference 1 dB @ BER 10-6

3.5 MHz

7 MHz

14 MHz

28 MHz

40 MHz

56 MHz

4 QAM

12,7

12

12

12

12

10

16 QAM

17,6

17

17

17

17

16,5

32 QAM

23

22,5

22,5

22,5

22,5

20,5

64 QAM

25

24

24

24

24

23

128 QAM

27,5

27,5

27,5

27,5

27,5

256 QAM

32,5

32,5

32,5

32,5

32

Table 149

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Co-channel interference 3 dB @ BER 10-6

183

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

3.5 MHz

7 MHz

28 MHz

40 MHz

56 MHz

4 QAM

-19,3

-21,5

-24

-24

-26

-30

16 QAM

-14,4

-16,5

-19

-19

-21

-23,5

32 QAM

-9

-11

-13,5

-13,5

-15,5

-19,5

64 QAM

-7

-9,5

-12

-12

-14

-17

128 QAM

-6

-8,5

-8,5

-10,5

-12,5

256 QAM

-1

-3,5

-3,5

-5,5

-8

Table 150

Adjacent-channel interference 1 dB @ BER 10-6

3.5 MHz

7 MHz

14 MHz

28 MHz

40 MHz

56 MHz

4 QAM

-23,3

-25,5

-28

-28

-30

-34

16 QAM

-18,4

-20,5

-23

-23

-25

-27,5

32 QAM

-13

-15

-17,5

-17,5

-19,5

-23,5

64 QAM

-11

-13,5

-16

-16

-18

-21

128 QAM

-10

-12,5

-12,5

-14,5

-16,5

256 QAM

-5

-7,5

-7,5

-9,5

-12

Table 151

Adjacent-channel interference 3 dB @ BER 10-6

3.5 MHz
36
Table 152

184

14 MHz

7 MHz
37,5

14 MHz
40

28 MHz
40

40 MHz
42

56 MHz
44

NFD 1st channel

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Harmony Radio technical specifications

8.20 ACM switching thresholds


8.20.1

ETSI market
BW
[MHz]

Mod.
[QAM]

3.5
(3.5 GHz RF band)

19

16

24

17.5

32

26

22.5

64

24.5

3.5
(all the other RF bands)

19

16

17.5

7/14/28/40/56

19

16

24

17.5

32

26

22.5

64

29

24.5

128

31.7

27.5

256

30.5

ACM switching thresholds (ETSI market)

NAM market
BW
[MHz]

Mod.
[QAM]

From lower to
upper modulation S/MSE (dB)

From upper to
lower modulation S/MSE (dB)

10, 20,30, 4
40, 50
16

17.5

22.5

19.0

32

24.5

24.0

64

27.5

26.0

128

30.5

29.0

256

31.7

Table 154

8.20.3

From upper to
lower modulation S/MSE (dB)

Table 153

8.20.2

From lower to
upper modulation S/MSE (dB)

ACM switching thresholds (NAM market)

JAPAN market
Not applicable.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

185

Harmony Radio technical specifications

Product Description

8.21 Residual Bit Ratio (RBER)

RBER
Table 155

186

10-11
Residual bit error ratio (RBER)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Power Injector technical specifications

9 Power Injector technical specifications


9.1 Indoor Power Injector
9.1.1

Indoor Power Injector DC input


Characteristics
Voltage range

-48 VDC + 20%

Voltage breakdown limit

>72 VDC

Table 156

9.1.2

Value

DC input

Indoor Power Injector Electromagnetic compatibility


Recommendations
ETSI EN 300 386
ETSI EN 301 489-1
ETSI EN 301 489-4
ITU-T K.48
EN 55022 version 5.2
IEC CISPR 22 class B
FCC 47 Part 15
ICES - 003
Table 157

9.1.3

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

Indoor Power Injector immunity


The requirements are applied to the enclosure (to the borders of the equipment, including cables and connectors).
Recommendations
ETSI EN 301 489-1
ETSI EN 301 489-4
ITU-T K.48
IEC 61000-4-2
IEC 61000-4-3
Table 158

Enclosure immunity

The requirements are applied to Ethernet ports.

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

187

Power Injector technical specifications

Product Description

Recommendations
ETSI EN 301 489-1
ETSI EN 301 489-4
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-5
IEC 61000-4-6
Table 159

Ethernet interface immunity

The requirements are applied to P+E port.


Recommendations
ETSI EN 301 489-1
ETSI EN 301 489-4
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-5
IEC 61000-4-6
ITU-T K.56
Table 160

P+E interface immunity

The requirements are applied to DC Power supply port.


Recommendations
ETSI EN 301 489-1
ETSI EN 301 489-4
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-6
EN 61000-4-5
EN 61000-6-2
ITU-T K.20
ITU-T K.44
Table 161

188

DC Power supply interface immunity

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

9.1.4
9.1.4.1

Power Injector technical specifications

Indoor Power Injector Safety


ETSI market
Recommendations
EN 60950-1 (2006)
IEC 60950-1 (2005 - 2nd Edition)
Table 162

9.1.4.2

ETSI market safety

NAM market
Recommendations
UL 60950-1 (2007)
CAN / CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1 (2007)
Table 163

9.1.5

NAM market safety

Indoor Power Injector environmental standards and conditions

Storage
EN 300 019-1-1

Class 1.3 (-40C to +70C)

Transportation
EN 300 019-1-2

Class 2.3 (-40C to +70C)

Stationary use
EN 300 019-1-3

Class 3.2 (-5C to +45C with guaranteed performance)

IP Grade
IEC 60529
Table 164

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Class IP 20
Environmental standards and conditions

189

Power Injector technical specifications

Product Description

9.2 Outdoor Power Injector


9.2.1

Outdoor Power Injector DC input


Characteristics
Voltage range

-48 VDC + 20%

Voltage breakdown limit

>72 Vdc

Table 165

9.2.2

Value

DC input

Outdoor Power Injector Electromagnetic compatibility


Recommendations
ETSI EN 300 386
ETSI EN 301 489-1
ETSI EN 301 489-4
CENELEC EN 55022
ITU-T K.48
IEC CISPR 22 class B
FCC 47 Part 15
ICES - 003
Table 166

9.2.3

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

Outdoor Power Injector immunity


The requirements are applied to the enclosure (to the borders of the equipment,
including cables and connectors).
Recommendations
CENELEC EN 61000-4-2
CENELEC EN 61000-4-3
Table 167

Enclosure immunity

The requirements are applied to Ethernet ports and to Power Supply.


Recommendations
CENELEC EN 61000-4-4
CENELEC EN 61000-4-5
CENELEC EN 61000-4-6
Table 168

190

Ethernet and Power Supply interface immunity

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

9.2.4
9.2.4.1

Power Injector technical specifications

Outdoor Power Injector Safety


ETSI market
Recommendations
EN 60950-1 (2006)
IEC 60950-1 (2005 - 2nd Edition)
EN 60950-22 (2006)
IEC 60950-22 (2005)
Table 169

9.2.4.2

ETSI market safety

NAM market
Recommendations
UL 60950-1 (2007)
UL 60950-22 (2007)
CAN / CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1 (2007)
CAN / CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-22 (2007)
Table 170

9.2.5

NAM market safety

Outdoor Power Injector environmental standards and conditions

Storage
EN 300 019-1-1

Class 1.2

EN 300 019-2-1

Class 1.2

Transportation
EN 300 019-1-2

Class 2.3

EN 300 019-2-2

Class 2.3

Stationary use
EN 300 019-1-4

Class 4.1 extended (-40C to +55C)

IP Grade
IEC 60529
Table 171

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Class IP 65
Environmental standards and conditions

191

Ethernet Repeater technical specifications

Product Description

10 Ethernet Repeater technical specifications


10.1 Ethernet Repeater DC input
Characteristics

Value

Voltage range

36 to 57.6 Vdc

Voltage breakdown limit

>72 Vdc

Table 172

DC input

10.2 Ethernet Repeater Electromagnetic compatibility


Recommendations
ETSI EN 300 386
ETSI EN 301 489-1
ETSI EN 301 489-4
CENELEC EN 55022
ITU-T K.48
IEC CISPR 22 class B
Table 173

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

10.3 Ethernet Repeater immunity


The requirements are applied to the enclosure (to the borders of the equipment,
including cables and connectors).
Recommendations
CENELEC EN 61000-4-2
CENELEC EN 61000-4-3
Table 174

Enclosure immunity

The requirements are applied to Ethernet ports and to Power Supply.


Recommendations
CENELEC EN 61000-4-4
CENELEC EN 61000-4-5
CENELEC EN 61000-4-6
Table 175

192

Ethernet and Power Supply interface immunity

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Ethernet Repeater technical specifications

10.4 Ethernet Repeater Safety


Recommendations
EN 60950-1 (2006)
IEC 60950-1 (2005 - 2nd Edition)
EN 60950-22 (2006)
IEC 60950-22 (2005)
Table 176

Safety

10.5 Ethernet Repeater environmental standards and


conditions

Storage
EN 300 019-1-1

Class 1.2

EN 300 019-2-1

Class 1.2

Transportation
EN 300 019-1-2

Class 2.3

EN 300 019-2-2

Class 2.3

Stationary use
EN 300 019-1-4

Class 4.1 extended (-40C to +55C)

IP Grade
IEC 60529
Table 177

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Class IP 65
Environmental standards and conditions

193

Standards

Product Description

11 Standards
The following tables list the standards referred to in the technical specifications.
Recommendation
F.383

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 6 GHz (Low) band.

F.384

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 6 GHz (Up) band.

F.385-9

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 7 GHz band.

F.386

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 8 GHz band.

F.387

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 11 GHz band.

F.497

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 13 GHz band.

F.636-3

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 15 GHz band.

F.595-9

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for fixed


wireless systems operating in the 18 GHz frequency
band.

F.637-3

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 23 GHz frequency band.

F.748

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 26 and 28 GHz frequency
bands.

F.749

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 32 GHz frequency band.

F.749-2

Radio-frequency channel arrangements for radio-relay


systems operating in the 38 GHz frequency band.

SM.1138-1

Determination of necessary bandwidths including


examples for their calculation and associated examples
for the designation of emissions.

Table 178

194

Recommendation name

Frequency allocation (ITU-R)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Standards

Recommendation

Recommendation name

ERC/REC (02) 06

Preferred channel arrangements for digital fixed service


systems operating in the frequency range 7125 - 8500
MHz.

ERC/REC 12-02

Harmonized radio frequency channel arrangements for


digital terrestrial fixed systems operating in the band
12.75 - 13.25 GHz.

ERC/REC 12-06

Harmonized radio frequency channel arrangements for


digital terrestrial fixed systems operating in the band
10.7 - 11.7 GHz.

ERC/REC 12-07 E

Harmonized radio frequency channel arrangements for


digital terrestrial fixed systems operating in the 14.5 14.62 GHz bands paired with 15.23 - 15.35 GHz.

ERC/REC 12-03 E

Harmonized radio frequency channel arrangements for


digital terrestrial fixed systems operating in the band
17.7 GHz to 19.7 GHz.

ERC/REC 14-03 E

Harmonized radio frequency channel arrangements for


digital terrestrial fixed systems operating in the band
3.4 GHz to 3.6 GHz.

ERC/REC T/R 13-02 E

Preferred channel arrangements for fixed services in the


range 22.0 - 29.5 GHz.

ERC/REC T/R 12-01 E

Harmonized radio frequency channel arrangements for


analogue and digital terrestrial fixed systems operating
in the band 37 GHz to 39.5 GHz.

ERC/REC 74-01 E

Unwanted emissions in the spurious domain.

Table 179

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

CEPT recommendations

195

Standards

Product Description

Recommendation

Recommendation name

FCC CFR 47 Part 101.147

Frequency assignment of the Code of Federal


Regulations

IC SRSP 305.9

Technical Requirements for Fixed Line-of-Sight Radio


Systems Operating in the Band 5925-6425 MHz

IC SRSP 310.7

Technical Requirements for Fixed Line-of-Sight Radio


Systems Operating in the Band 10.7-11.7 GHz

IC SRSP 310.8

Technical Requirements for Fixed Line-of-Sight Radio


Systems Operating in the Band 18 GHz

IC SRSP 314.5

Technical Requirements for Fixed Line-of-Sight Radio


Systems Operating in the Band 14.4-15.4 GHz

IC SRSP 317.8

Technical Requirements for Fixed Line-of-Sight Radio


Systems Operating in the Bands 17.8-18.3 GHz and
19.3-19.7 GHz

IC SRSP 321.8

Technical Requirements for Fixed Line-of-Sight Radio


Systems Operating in the Band 21.8-22.4 GHz and 23.023.6 GHz

Table 180

FCC/IC recommendations

Recommendation
EN 50383 (2002)

Basic standard for the calculation and measurement of


electromagnetic field strength and SAR related to human
exposure at radio base stations and fixed terminal
stations for wireless telecommunications system
(110 MHz - 40 GHz).

EN 50384 (2002)

Standard product to demonstrate the compliance of


radio base stations and fixed terminal stations for
wireless telecommunication systems with the basic
restrictions or the reference levels related to human
exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic fields
(110 MHz - 40 GHz ) - Occupational.

EN 50385 (2002)

Product standard to demonstrate the compliance of


radio base stations and fixed terminal stations for
wireless telecommunication systems with the basic
restrictions or the reference levels related to human
exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic fields
(110 MHz - 40 GHz ) - General public.

Table 181

196

Recommendation name

Radio transmission (CENELEC)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Standards

Recommendation
EN 302
217-1 V1.2.1 (2007)

Recommendation name
Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements
for point-to-point equipment and antennas;
Part 1: Overview and system-independent common
characteristics.

EN 302
217-2-1 V1.2.1 (2007)

Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements


for point-to-point equipment and antennas;
Part 2-1: System-dependent requirements for digital
systems operating in frequency bands where frequency
co-ordination is applied.

EN 302 217-2-2, V1.4.1


(2010)

EN 302 217-4-1 V1.1.3


(2004)

Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements


for point-to-point equipment and antennas; Part 2-2
Harmonized EN covering essential requirements of
Article
3.2 of R&TTE Directive for digital systems operating in
frequency bands where frequency coordination is
li d
Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements
for point-to-point equipment and antennas; Part 4-1:
System-dependent requirements for antennas.

EN 302 217-4-2 V1.2.1


(2006)

Fixed Radio Systems; Characteristics and requirements


for point-to-point equipment and antennas; Part 4-2:
Harmonized EN covering essential requirements of
Article 3.2 of R&TTE Directive for antennas.

EN 301 126-1, V1.1.2


(1999)

Fixed Radio Systems; Conformance testing; Part 1:


Point-to-Point equipment - Definitions, general
requirements and test procedures.

EN 301 126-3-1, V1.1.2


(2002)

Fixed Radio Systems; Conformance testing; Part 3-1:


Point-to-Point
antennas
- Definitions,
general
requirements and tests procedures.

Table 182

Radio transmission (ETSI)

Recommendation
ITU-R - F.750-4

Table 183

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Recommendation name
Architectures and Functional Aspects of Radio-Relay
Systems for Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)based Networks

Synchronization

197

Standards

Product Description

Recommendation
EN 300 019-1-0 V2.1.2
(2003)

Recommendation name
Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental
conditions and environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment;
Part 1-0: Classification of environmental conditions;
Introduction.

EN 300 019-1-1 V2.1.4


(2003)
Class 1.2

Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental


conditions and environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment; Part 1-1: Classification
of environmental conditions; Storage.

EN 300 019-1-2 V2.1.4


(2003) Class 2.3

Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental


conditions and environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment; Part 1-2: Classification
of environmental conditions; Transportation.

EN 300 019-1-3 V2.2.2


(2004) Class 3.2

Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental


conditions and environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment;
Part 1-3: Classification of environmental conditions;
Stationary use at weather protected locations.

EN 300 019-1-4 V2.1.2


(2003) Class 4.1

Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental


conditions and environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment; Part 1-4: Classification
of environmental conditions; Stationary use at nonweather protected locations.

EN 300 019-1-4 V2.1.2


(2003) Class 4.1E

Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental


conditions and environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment; Part 1-4: Specification
of environmental tests; Stationary use at non-weather
protected locations.

EN 300 019-2-0 V2.1.2


(2003)

Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental


conditions and environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment; Part 2-0: Specification
of environmental tests; Introduction.

EN 300 019-2-1 V2.1.2


(2000)

Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental


conditions and environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment; Part 2-1: Specification
for environmental tests; Storage.

EN 300 019-2-2 V2.1.2


(1999)

Environmental
Engineering (EE);
c onditions
and
environmental
telecommunications equipment;
Part 2-2: Specification
Transportation.

Table 184

198

for

Environmental
tests
for

environmental

testes;

Environment (ETSI)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Standards

Recommendation

Recommendation name

EN 300 019-2-3 V2.2.2


(2003)

Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental


conditions and environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment; Part 2-3: Specification
of environmental tests; Stationary use at weather
protected locations.

EN 300 019-2-4 V2.2.2


(2003)

Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental


conditions and environmental tests for
telecommunications equipment; Part 2-4: Specification
of environmental tests; Stationary use at non-weather
protected locations.
Environmental Engineering (EE); Power supply interface
at the input to telecommunications equipment; Part 2:
Operated by direct current (dc).

EN 300 132-2 V2.2.1


(2007)
EN 300 386

ETSI EN 300 386 Electromagnetic Compatibility and


Radio Spectrum Matters (ERM); Telecommunication
Network Equipment; ElectroMagnetic Compatibility
(EMC) Requirements

EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1


(2008)

Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio Spectrum


Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
standard for radio equipment and services; Part 1:
Common technical requirements.

EN 301 489-4 V1.4.1


(2009)

Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio Spectrum


Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
standard for radio equipment and services; Part 4:
Specific requirements for fixed radio links and ancillary
equipment and services.

ETS 300 753

Equipment Engineering (EE); Acoustic noise emitted by


telecommunications equipment

Table 184

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Environment (ETSI) (Cont.)

199

Standards

Product Description

Recommendation
EN 55022 (2006)

Recommendation name
Information technology equipment - Radio disturbance
characteristics - Limits and methods of measurement.

EN 60068-2-27

Basic environmental testing procedures - Part 2: Tests Test Ea and guidance: Shock.

EN 60215

Safety Requirements for radio transmitting equipment.

EN 60529

Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code).

EN 60721-3-4

Classification of environmental conditions - Part 3:


Classification of groups of environmental parameters
and their severities - Section 4: Stationary use at nonweather protected locations.

EN 60950-1 (2006)

Safety of information technology equipment.

EN 60950-22 (2006)

Information Technology Equipment - Safety - Part 22:


Equipment to be Installed Outdoors.

EN 61000-4-2 (1995)

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-2: Testing


and measurement techniques Electrostatic discharge immunity test.

EN 61000-4-3 (2006)

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-3: Testing


and measurement techniques Radiated, radio frequency, electromagnetic field
immunity test.

EN 61000-4-4 (2004)

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-4: Testing


and measurement techniques - Electrical fast
transient/burst immunity test.

EN 61000-4-5 (2006)

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-5 Testing


and measurement techniques - Surge immunity test.

EN 61000-4-6 (1996)

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-6 Testing


and techniques - Immunity to conducted disturbances,
induced by radio frequency fields.

EN 61000-6-2

Immunity for industrial environments.

Table 185

200

Environment (CENELEC)

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Standards

Recommendati
on
FCC 47 Part 15

Recommendation name
Radio Frequency Devices. This part sets out the regulations
under which an intentional, unintentional, or incidental radiator
may be operated without an individual license. It also contains
the technical specifications, administrative requirements and
other conditions relating to the marketing of part 15 devices.

ICES-003

Digital Apparatus. Spectrum Management and


Telecommunications Policy. Interference-Causing Equipment
Standard.
UL 60950-1 (2007) Information Technology Equipment - Safety - Part 1: General
Requirements. Standard applicable to mains-powered or batterypowered information technology equipment, including electrical
business equipment and associated equipment, with a RATED
VOLTAGE not exceeding 600 V and designed to be installed in
accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, CSA
C22.1; CSA C22.2 No. 0; the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70;
and the National Electrical Safety Code, IEEE C2.The standard
is also applicable to equipment, unless otherwise identified by a
marking or instructions, designed to be installed in accordance
with Article 645 of the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70, and the
Standard for the Protection of Electronic Computer DataProcessing Equipment, NFPA 75.
UL 60950-22
(2007)

Information Technology Equipment - Safety - Part 22: Equipment


to be Installed Outdoors. This part of IEC 60950 applies to
information technology equipment intended to be installed in an
OUTDOOR LOCATION. The requirements for OUTDOOR
EQUIPMENT also apply, where relevant, to empty OUTDOOR
ENCLOSURES supplied for housing information technology
equipment to be installed in an OUTDOOR LOCATION.

CAN/CSA-C22.2
No. 60950-1-07

Common CSA and UL Standard for Information Technology


Equipment - Safety - Part 1: General Requirements. Standard
applicable to mains-powered or battery-powered information
technology equipment, including electrical business equipment
and associated equipment, with a RATED VOLTAGE not
exceeding 600 V and designed to be installed in accordance with
the Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, CSA C22.1-02; General
Requirements - Canadian Electrical Code, Part II, CSA C22.2
No. 0-M91; the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70-2005; and the
National Electrical Safety Code, IEEE C2-2002.

CAN/CSA-C22.2
No. 60950-222007

Common CSA and UL Standard for Information Technology


Equipment - Safety - Part 22: Equipment to be Installed Outdoors. This standard applies to information technology
equipment intended to be installed in an OUTDOOR
LOCATION.

Table 186

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Environment (FCC/IC)

201

Standards

Product Description

Recommendation

Recommendation name

IEC 60529 (1989)

Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code).

IEC 60950-1 (2005)

Safety of information technology equipment.

IEC 60950-22 (2005)

Information technology equipment - Safety - Part: 22:


Equipment to be Installed Outdoors.

IEC CISPR 22

Information technology equipment - Radio disturbance


characteristics - Limits and methods of measurement.

IEC EN 61000-4-11

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-11: Testing


and measurement techniques - Voltage dips, short
interruptions and voltage variations immunity tests

IEC EN 61000-4-29

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-29: Testing


and measurement techniques - Voltage dips, short
interruptions and voltage variations on d.c. input power
port immunity tests

IEC 60068-3-3

Environmental Testing Part 3: Guidance Seismic Test


Methods for Equipment

Table 187

IEC recommendations

Recommendation
European Directive
2002/95/EC (RoHS)

Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of


the Council of 27 January 2003 on the restriction of the
use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and
electronic equipment [Official Journal L 37 of
13.2.2003].

European Directive
2002/96/EC

Directive 2002/96/EC of the European Parliament and of


the Council of 27 January 2003 on waste electrical and
electronic equipment [Official Journal L 37 of 13.2.2003].
Amended by Directive 2003/108/EC [Official Journal L
345 of 31.12.2003]

European Directive
1999/5/EC

Directive 1999/5/EC of the European Parliament and of


the Council of 9 March 1999 on radio equipment and
telecommunications terminal equipment and the mutual
recognition of their conformity

European Directive
2004/108/EC

Directive 2004/108/EC of the European Parliament and


of the Council of 15 December 2004 on the
approximation of the laws of the Member States relating
to electro- magnetic compatibility and repealing Directive
89/336/EEC

Table 188

202

Recommendation name

European Directives

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Standards

Recommendation

Recommendation name

ITU-T K.20

Resistibility of telecommunication installed in a


telecommunications overvoltage and overcurrent

ITU-T K.44

Resistibility tests for telecommunication equipment


exposed to overvoltage and overcurrent Basic
Recommendation

ITU-T K.48

EMC requirements for telecommunication equipment Product family Recommendation

ITU-T G.813

Timing characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks


(SEC)

ITU-T G.812

Timing requirements of slave clocks suitably used as


node clocks in synchronization networks

ITU-T G.823

The control of jitter and wander within digital networks


which are based on the 2048 kbit/s hierarchy

ITU-T G.8261/Y.1361

Timing and synchronization aspects in packet networks

ITU- T G.8262//Y.1262

Timing characteristics of synchronous Ethernet


equipment slave clock (EEC)

ITU-T G.825

The control of jitter and wander within digital networks


which are based on the synchronous digital hierarchy
(SDH)

ITU-T K.56

Protection of radio base stations against lightning discharges.

Table 189

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

ITU recommendations

203

Standards

Product Description

Recommendation
IEEE P802.3at/D1.0

Enhanced Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power via


Media Dependent Interface (MDI) Enhancements

IEEE 802.3-2005

Information Technology - Telecommunication &


information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple
Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access
Method and Physical Layer Specifications

IEEE 802.3ah

Information Technology - Telecommunication &


information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple
Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access
Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment:
Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, and
Management Parameters for Subscribers Access
Networks

IEEE 802.1ag

Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 5:


Connectivity Fault Management

IEEE 802.17

Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) access method for physical


layer specifications

IEEE 802.1D-2004

Media Access Control (MAC) Bridge

IEEE 802.1w

Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE 802.1s

Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE 802.1AB-2005

Station and Media Access Control Connectivity


Discovery

Table 190

204

Recommendation name

IEEE recommendations

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Acronyms and abbreviations

12 Acrony ms and abbreviations


P

Microprocessor

A/D

Analogue to Digital

AC

Alternating Current

ACM

Adaptive Code and Modulation

ACPR

Adjacent Channel Power Ratio

AFC

Automatic Frequency Control

AGC

Automatic Gain Control

AIS

Alarm Indication Signal

AMC

Adaptive Modulation and Coding

AP

Alternate Polarization

ARP

Address Resolution Protocol

ASIC

Application Specific Integrated Circuit

AWG

American Wire Gauge

ATPC

Automatic Transmit Power Control

AWGN

Additive White Gaussian Noise

BB

BaseBand

BCC

Block Convolutional Code

BE

Best Effort

BER

Bit Error Ratio

BNC

Bayonet Neill Concelman (connector)

BPSK

Binary Phase Shift Keying

BW

Bandwidth

C/I

Carrier-to-Interference ratio

C/N

Carrier-to-Noise ratio

CC

Co-Channel (Radio system)

CCI

Co-Channel Interference

CEPT

European Conference of Postal and Telecommunications


Administration

CFM

Connectivity Fault Management

CFR

Code of Federal Regulations

CI

Cable Interface

CINR

Carrier-to-Interference-and-Noise Ratio

CIR

Committed Information Rate

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check

CSA

Canadian Standards Association

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

205

Acronyms and abbreviations

206

Product Description

D/A

Digital to Analogue

D/I

Drop/Insert

DC

Direct Current

DCN

Data Communication Network

DD

Different Directions

DHCP

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

DSCP

Differentiated Services Code-Point

DTE

Data Terminal Equipment

DTI

Double Tributary Interface

E2PROM

see EEPROM

EAPS

Ethernet Automatic Protection Switching

EB

Errored Block

EEPROM

Electrically Erasable PROM

EIR

Excess Information Rate

EIRP

Effective Isotropic Radiated Power

EMS

Element Manager System

ES

Errored Second

ETSI

European Telecommunication Standards Institute

FCC

Federal Communications Commission

FCS

Frame Check Sequence

FD

Frequency Diversity

FDD

Frequency Division Duplex or Duplexing

FEC

Forward Error Correction

FPGA

Field Programmable Gate Array

FSK

Frequency Shift Keying

FTP

File Transfer Protocol

FW

Firmware

GFP

Generic Framing Protocol

GMII

Gigabit Media Independent Interface

GPI

General Purpose Interface

GPS

Global Positioning System

GW

Gateway

HAP

Hardware Access Protocol

HCS

Header Check Sequence

HDLC

High level Data Link Control

HP

Higher Order Path

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Acronyms and abbreviations

HSBY

Hot Stand-By

HW

Hardware

In phase

i/f

Interface

I2C

Intelligent Interface Controller

I.C.

Industry Canada

ICES

Interference-Causing Equipment Standard

ICMP

Internet Control Message Protocol

ID

Identifier

IDU

Indoor Unit

IETF

Internet Engineering Task Force

IF

Intermediate Frequency

IIP

Input Intercept Point

IP

Internet Protocol

ITU

International Telecommunications Union

IWF

Interworking Function

LAN

Local Area Network

LCT

Local Craft Terminal

LDPC

Low Density Parity Check

LED

Light Emitting Diode

LLC

Logical Link Control

LNA

Low Noise Amplifier

LO

Local Oscillator

LOF

Loss of Frame

LOM

Loss of Multiframe

LOP

Loss of Pointer

LOS

Loss Of Signal

LP

Lower Order Path

LSB

Least Significant Bit

MCU

MicroController Unit

MDIO

Management Data Input Output

MEP

Maintenance End Point

MIB

Management Information Base

MIC

Message Integrity Check

MII

Media Independent Interface

MIP

Maintenance Intermediate Point

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

207

Acronyms and abbreviations

208

Product Description

MMDS

Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Service

MS

Multiplex Section

MSB

Most Significant Bit

MTBF

Mean Time Between Failures

MTU

Maximum Transmission Unit

NAM

North America Market

NAPT

Network Address and Protocol Translation

NAT

Network Address Translation

NE

Network Element

NF

Noise Figure

NMS

Network Management System

OAM

Operation, Administration and Maintenance

ODU

Outdoor Unit

OSPF

Open Shortest Path First

PA

Power Amplifier

PAPR

Peak to Average Power Ratio

PCB

Printed Circuit Board

PDH

Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy

PDU

Protocol Data Unit

PHY

Physical Layer

PID

Product Identification Data

PM

Performance Monitoring

PoE

Power over Ethernet

ppb

Part per Billion

ppm

Part per Million

PPP

Point-to-Point Protocol

pps

Pulse per Second

PRC

Primary Reference Clock

PROM

Programmable Read Only Memory

PS

Power Supply

PSK

Phase Shift Keying

PtP

Point to Point

Quadrature

QAM

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

QoS

Quality of Service

QPSK

Quadrature Phase-Shift Keying

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

Product Description

Acronyms and abbreviations

RAM

Random Access Memory

RDI

Remote Defect Indication

RED

Random Early Detection

REI

Remote Error Indication

RF

Radio Frequency

RIP

Routing Information Protocol

ROM

Read Only Memory

RPS

Radio Protection Switching

RS

Reed-Solomon (Coding algorithm)

RSOH

Regenerator Section OverHead

RSS

Received Signal Strength

RSSI

Received Signal Strength Indicator

Rx

Receiver / Reception

S/MSE

Signal /Mean Square Error

SAToP

Structure Agnostic TDM over Packet

SD

Space Diversity

SDH

Synchronous Digital Hierarchy

SDU

Service Data Unit

SNMP

Simple Network Management Protocol

SNR

Signal-to-Noise Ratio

SNTP

Simple Network Time Protocol

SOAP

Simple Object Access Protocol

SPI

Serial Peripheral Interface

SPQ

Strict Priority Queuing

SRSP

Standard Radio System Plan

STP

Spanning Tree Protocol

SVR

Software Version Release

SW

Software

TDM

Time Division Multiplexing

TDMoE

Time Division Multiplexing over Ethernet

TFTP

Trivial File Transfer Protocol

TLV

Type/Length/Value

TNMP

Trivial Network Management Protocol

ToS

Type of Service

TP

Termination Point

Tx

Transmitter / Transmission

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013

209

Acronyms and abbreviations

210

Product Description

UDP

User Datagram Protocol

UL

Underwriters Laboratories

UNI

User-to-Network Interface

U-NII

Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure

USB

Universal Serial Bus

VLAN

Virtual Local Area Network

WFQ

Weighted Fair Queuing

WG

Wave Guide

WRED

Weighted Random Early Detection

XPD

Cross Polar Discrimination

XPI

Cross Polar Isolation

XPIC

Cross Polar Interference Canceller

XPIRF

Cross Polar Interference Reduction Factor

A250DW-A1600-D018-01-76P1
Issue: 1 Issue date: August 2013